Home / Ram Sharma / Programming Language MCQs

Programming Portal MCQs [6383]

You will find all MCQs which are added in Programming Portal by Ram Sharma

Q. What is the difference between servlets and applets? i. Servlets execute on Server; Applets execute on browser ii. Servlets have no GUI; Applet has GUI iii. Servlets creates static web pages; Applets creates dynamic web pages iv. Servlets can handle only a single request; Applet can handle multiple requests

Q. How many techniques are used in Session Tracking?

Q. Servlets handle multiple simultaneous requests by using threads.

Q. How many JDBC product components does the Java software provides?

Q. All raw data types (including binary documents or images) should be read and uploaded to the database as an array of

Q. JDBC facilitates to store the java objects by using which of the methods of
PreparedStatement
setObject () 2. setBlob() 3. setClob()

Q. Which of the following is false as far as type 4 driver is concern?

Q. What is the purpose of the 'uname' command in Linux?

Q. What does the 'ssh' command do in Linux?

Q. Which command is used to display the first few lines of a file in Linux?

Q. Which command is used to display the IP address of a system in Linux?

Q. Which of the following commands is used to display the users currently logged into the system?

Q. Which of the following commands is used to display the system's current network configuration?

Q. Which command is used to display the contents of a file in reverse order?

Q. Which command is used to change the current directory in Linux?

Q. Which of the following is an example of function overloading in C++?

Q. Which header file is required to use the std::vector container in C++?

Q. Which of the following is the correct syntax for defining a pure virtual function in C++?

Q. Which of the following is true about virtual functions in C++?

Q. Which of the following operators is used for object dereferencing in C++?

Q. Which of the following is true about constructors in C++?

Q. What is the output of the following code snippet? int x = 10; int y = 20; cout << (x < y ? x : y);

Q. What is the result of the following expression in C++: '5 / 2'?

Q. What does the 'void' keyword in C++ represent?

Q. What is the output of the following code snippet? int x = 10; int y = 20; cout << (x |= y);

Q. Which of the following is the correct way to define a function with a reference parameter in C++?

Q. Which of the following is the correct way to define a union in C++?

Q. What is the output of the following code snippet? int x = 10; int y = 20; cout << (x << 1);

Q. Which of the following is the correct way to define a pure virtual function in C++?

Q. Which of the following is the correct way to define a destructor in C++?

Q. Which of the following is the correct syntax to include a header file in C++?

Q. What is the size of the 'int' data type in C++?

Q. Which of the following is the correct syntax for handling exceptions in Python?

Q. What will the following Python code output: print(type(3.14))?

Q. Which of the following Docker commands is used to view detailed information about a Docker image?

Q. Which of the following Docker commands is used to remove unused images?

Q. Which command is used to view the Docker container's network settings?

Q. What is the purpose of the 'docker-compose pull --ignore-pull-failures' command?

Q. What is the purpose of the 'docker-compose config --volumes' command?

Q. What is the default network mode for a Docker container?

Q. Which of the following commands can be used to attach to a running Docker container?

Q. What command is used to build a Docker image from a Dockerfile?

Q. What is the purpose of the 'docker-compose.yml' file?

Q. What is a Docker 'Dockerfile'?

Q. Which command is used to remove all stopped containers and unused networks?

Q. What is the purpose of the 'docker-compose build' command?

Q. What is the purpose of the 'docker system prune' command?

Q. What is the purpose of Docker's multi-stage builds?

Q. Which Docker command is used to build a Docker image from a Dockerfile?

Q. What is the purpose of the 'docker exec' command?

Q. How can you limit the CPU usage of a Docker container?

Q. How do you list all Docker images available on your local machine?

Q. Which of the following commands is used to list Docker images?

Q. How do you list all Docker containers, including stopped ones?

Q. What is the purpose of the 'links' key in Docker Compose?

Q. Which command is used to run a one-off command in a new container in Docker Compose?

Q. Which command is used to check the status of all services in Docker Compose?

Q. How do you configure a custom Docker Compose file name?

Q. How do you restart services in Docker Compose?

Q. What is the purpose of the VOLUME instruction in a Dockerfile?

Q. A ‐‐‐‐‐ is the name of the storage location

Q. Find the false statement from the following

Q. The ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ principle helps the programmer to build secure programs.

Q. The process of making a function to exhibit different behaviors in different instances is called ‐‐‐‐‐.

Q. Consider the following statements: int x = 22,y=15; x = (x>y) ? (x+y) : (x‐y); What will be the value of x after executing these statements?

Q. The visibility of variables inside a structure is

Q. A ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ is a memory portion of memory to store a determined value.

Q. The result of a Relational operation is always

Q. What is the final value of x when the code int x; for(x=0; x<10; x++) {} is run?

Q. The ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ are used to check the relationship between two numeric operands or expressions.

Q. C++ is originally developed by

Q. Which of the following is not a correct variable type?

Q. Which of the following are NOT provided by the compiler by default?

Q. Copy constructor must receive its arguments by __________ .

Q. Which of the following function / type of function cannot be overloaded?

Q. Which of the following statements is correct about the constructors and destructors?

Q. Which of the following statements is correct when a class is inherited publicly?

Q. The break statement causes an exit

Q. The function contain in the ios class to fill characters in the blank space

Q. The function that act as an interface to base & derived class

Q. How many times a constructor is called in the life‐time of an object?

Q. Which of the following statement is correct?

Q. If different properties and functions of a real world entity is grouped or embedded into a single element, what is it called in OOP language?

Q. Which type of members can’t be accessed in derived classes of a base class?

Q. To run date first, and then ls -l, which of the following is correct?

Q. How would you search for the string clothes at the end of the line in a file called shopping?

Q. How do you create a crontab entry?

Q. What command is used with vi editor to move the cursor to the left?

Q. What command is used to display your current working directory?

Q. What command is used to remove a file?

Q. Which of the following below are true functionalities of Kernel?

Q. Which of the following below are true functionalities of shell?

Q. Which command to use for complete details of a command on the shell?

Q. The "C" language is

Q. What is the output of the following program?
line = "What will have so will"
L = line.split('a')
for i in L:
print(i, end=' ')

Q. Output of the program?
#include<iostream>
using namespace std;
int fun(int x = 0, int y = 0, int z)
{ return (x + y + z); }
int main()
{
cout << fun(10);
return 0;
}

Q. How C++ compiler does differ between overloaded postfix and prefix operators?

Q. When a method in a subclass has the same name and type signatures as a method in the superclass, then the method in the subclass _____ the method in the superclass.

Q. Which of the following is a correct statement?

Q. Which among the following is a mandatory condition for downcasting?

Q. At which time does the static_cast can be applied?

Q. Which operator is required to be overloaded as member function only?

Q. Communication between services is done widely using                protocol

Q. Which of the following benefit is provided by the PaaS service provider

Q. Cloud                  are standardized in order to appeal to the majority of its audience.

Q. Which type of Hypervisor is shown in the following figure ?

Q. Amazon’s Elastic Compute Cloud (EC2) is a well known .

Q. Cyclone is available in two service models as follows:

Q. Processes on the remote systems are identified by                        

Q.   has many of the characteristics of what is now being called cloud computing

Q. _ is an attack which forces an end user to execute unwanted actions on a web application in which he/she is currently authenticated.

Q. Smart Dust can be used to measure the

Q. RFID stands for?

Q. The service FreeDrive is storage that allows                  users to view the content of others.

Q. Which of the following impose additional overhead on clients and offer faster transfer?

Q. The addition of a software package on top of a cloud storage volume makes most cloud storage offerings conform to a                  as a Service model.

Q. Point out the wrong statement.

Q. Based on PageRank algorithm, Google returns                      for a query that is parsed for its keywords.

Q. The Mapper implementation processes one line at a time via                    method. TOPIC 5.2 MAPREDUCE

Q. Hadoop achieves reliability by replicating the data across multiple hosts and hence does not require                  storage on hosts.

Q. IBM and                  have announced a major initiative to use Hadoop to support university courses in distributed computer programming.

Q. Which of the following is Amazon’s technical support and consulting business?

Q. _______ JavaScript is also called server-side JavaScript.

Q. _________ computing refers to applications and services that run on a distributed network using virtualized resources.

Q. Which of the following backup create a cloned copy of your current data or drive ?

Q. Which of the following options will give an error if 
set1={2,3,4,5}?

Q. What will the be the result of below Python code?

Q. Suppose there are two sets, set1 and set2,where set1 is the superset of set2. It is required to get only the unique elements of both the sets. Which of the following will serve the purpose?

Q. What will the below Python code do?

Q. What will the below Python code do?

Q. What will set1|set2 do?

Q. What will be the output of following Python code?

Q. What will be the output of following Python code?

Q. What will be the output of following Python code?

Q. Which of the following Python code will create a set?
(i) set1=set((0,9,0))
(ii) set1=set([0,2,9])
(iii) set1={}

Q. The ________ statement is a null operation.

Q. The continue statement can be used in?

Q. Python programming language allows to use one loop inside another loop known as?

Q. If the else statement is used with a while loop, the else statement is executed when the condition becomes _______.

Q. A loop becomes infinite loop if a condition never becomes ________. 

Q. What will be the output of the following code?

Q. What will be the output of the following code?

Q. What will be the output of the following code?

Q. When does the else statement written after loop executes?

Q. A while loop in Python is used for what type of iteration?

Q. Which of the following sequences would be generated bt the given line of code? 

Q. Which of the following is a valid for loop in Python?

Q. Does python have switch case statement?

Q. Which statement will check if a is equal to b?

Q. What will be output of this expression:

Q. In a Python program, a control structure:

Q. Can we write if/else into one line in python?

Q. What keyword would you use to add an alternative condition to an if statement?

Q. Which one of the following is a valid Python if statement :

Q. What will be the output of the following Python code?

Q. What will be the output of the following Python code?

Q. What will be the output of the following Python code?

Q. How many times will the loop run?

Q. What will be the output of given Python code?

Q. What will be the output of given Python code?

Q. Which of the following is True regarding loops in Python?

Q. Which of the following is False regarding loops in Python?

Q. Which of the following is not used as loop in Python?

Q. What will be the output of the following code?

Q. What will be the output of statment 2**2**2**2?

Q. "in" is a operator in python?

Q. Operators with the same precedence are evaluated from?

Q. Which operator is used to calculate power of x raise to y.

Q. Which of this statment will give an error?

Q. Arrange this in order of Precedence.
1. Exponentiation
2. Parentheses
3. Multiplication and Division
4. Addition and Subtraction

Q. What is the output of the following code : 

Q. Which of these are keyword?

Q. Why are local variable names beginning with an underscore discouraged?

Q. Which of the following is a valid variable?

Q. Which of the following statment is False?

Q. All keyword in python are in

Q. What is the maximum length of an identifier in python?

Q. How many keywords are there in python 3.7?

Q. Which of the following will give error?

Q. Which of the following is incorrect regarding variables in Python?

Q. What will be the value of variable y after execution of following Python code?

Q. How many local and global variables are there in the following Python code?

Q. Which one is false regarding global variables?

Q. Which one is false regarding local variables?

Q. Which of the following is not valid variable name in Python?

Q. Which of the following function is used to know the data type of a variable in Python?

Q. Which one of the following is False regarding data types in Python?

Q. Which one of the following is immutable data type?

Q. Which one of the following is mutable data type?

Q. What is the output of following: set([1,1,2,3,4,2,3,4])

Q. Which of the following data type is used to store values in Key & Value format?

Q. Which of the follwing are the keys in the given statement : abc = {"first":10, "second":20}

Q. Which of the following is incorrect about dictionary keys?

Q. Which of these about a dictionary is false?

Q. Which of these is not a core data type?

Q. What will be the output of the following code?

Q. What is the output of the following program : print((1, 2) + (3, 4))

Q. Can tuple be used as dictionary key in python?

Q. What type of data is: arr = [(1,1),(2,2),(3,3)]?

Q. Suppose a tuple arr contains 10 elements. How can you set the 5th element of the tuple to 'Hello'? 

Q. How to copy one list to another in python?

Q. How to get last element of list in python? Suppose we have list with name arr, contains 5 elements.

Q. Suppose a list with name arr, contains 5 elements. You can get the 2nd element from the list using:

Q. Which statement is correct?

Q. Which of the following would give "Harry" as output?
Given str1="Mary,Harry,John,Sam"

Q. If str1="Programming Language"
What does str1.find("m") return?

Q. Which of the following operations cannot be done on string str1, where str1="LETSFINDCOURSE."?

Q. Which of the following will result in error?
(i) list1[3]=list1[2]
(ii) list1[3]=list1[4]
(iii) list1.insert(1,78)
(iv) list1.pop(50)

Q. Which of the following is incorrect?

Q. Suppose we have two sets A & B, then A < B is:

Q. Which of the following two will give the same result?
(i) 42//2
(ii) 21%6
(iii) 12/4
(iv) 11*2

Q. Which of the following is not a relational opeartor in Python?

Q. Which of the following are in correct order with respect to conditional statements in Python?
(i) if
(ii) else
(iii) elif 

Q. What will be the result of following Python code snippet after execution?

Q. What will be the result of following Python code snippet after execution?

Q. What will be the output of following Python code snippet?

Q. Which of the following is incorrect variable name in Python?

Q. Which of the given options has same output as given statement?

Q. Which of the following statements are correct?
(i) Python is a high level programming language.
(ii) Python is an interpreted language.
(iii) Python is a compiled language.
(iv) Python program is compiled before it is interpreted.

Q. What will be the values of var1 and var2 after the execution of program?

Q. What will be the output of the following program on execution?

Q. What will be the output of the following program on execution?

Q. What will be the output of the following program on execution?

Q. You can also create your own functions, these functions are called?

Q. Function blocks begin with the keyword?

Q. The code block within every function starts with a ?

Q. A return statement with _____ arguments.

Q. ___________ are the arguments passed to a function in correct positional order. 

Q. Which one of the following is incorrect?

Q. Choose the correct option with reference to below Python code?

Q. Which one of the following is the correct way of calling a function?

Q. How is a function declared in Python?

Q. What is the output of the following program?

Q. What is the output of the following program?

Q. What is a variable defined outside a function referred to as?

Q. Lambda is a function in python?

Q. Where is function defined?

Q. Which operator is used in Python to import modules from packages?

Q. Which of the following will print the pi value defined in math module?

Q. In which part of memory does the system stores the parameter and local variables of funtion call?

Q. Which of the following function headers is correct?

Q. If return statement is not used inside the function, the function will return:

Q. What is called when a function is defined inside a class?

Q. Which of the following items are present in the function header?

Q. Which keyword is use for function?

Q. What will be the output of the following Python code?

Q. Which among the following are mutable objects in Python?
(i) List
(ii) Integer
(iii) String
(iv) Tuple


Q. What will be the output of the following Python code?

Q. What will be the output of the following Python code?

Q. Which of the following is the property of variable argument count?

Q. Which of the following is not a type of argument in Python?

Q. Which of the following is incorrect way of using an argument while defining a function in Python, where var1 and var2 are two arguments?

Q. In Python, how are arguments passed?

Q. What is the output of the following Python code?

Q. Which of the following is NOT a valid typecode for Python array?

Q. What is the output of the following Python code?

Q. What is the purpose of the <head> tag in Python?

Q. Which of the following is NOT a valid Python tag?

Q. What will be output of the following Python code?

Q. What is the output of the following code?

Q. What is the output of the following code?

Q. Which of the following is an arithmetic operator in Python?

Q. Which of the following is NOT a comparison operator in Python?

Q. What is the output of the following code?

Q. What does the following code do?

Q. What is the output of the following Python code?

Q. Which of the following is data type is NOT Valid in Python?




Q. Which of the following operator is used for truncation division?

Q. Which of the following is NOT a data type in python?

Q. What is the output of the following code?

Q. How will you get the second element in a list called "bus"?

Q. What is the correct syntax to create a function in Python?

Q. What is the use of the "for" loop ?

Q. What is the use of 'While' loop in Python?

Q. Which is the data type of the following Python code?

Q. What will be the output of the following Python code?

Q. Which of the following is a correct way to print the statement "Hello, World!" in Python?

Q. What is the output of the following code?

Q. What this code of Python will return?

Q. What is the output of the following code?

Q. What is the data types of any variable which holds the value 'hello world' ?

Q. What is the output of the following code snippet?

Q. What is the output of the following code snippet?

Q. What is the correct syntax for defining a function in Python?

Q. List in Python is ................in nature.

Q. Which of the following statements is true regarding Python?

Q. What is the output of the following Python code?

Q. What will be the output of the following code?

Q. What will be the output of the following code?

Q. What will be the output of the following?

Q. What is the correct extension of python file?

Q. What is the output of the following code?

Q. Which of the following is the built in function in python?

Q. What will be the output of the following code?

Q. Which function is used to get the version of python?

Q. What is the output of the following code?

Q. Which of the following is not the part of python programming?

Q. Is python identifiers case sensitive?

Q. Which of the following is invalid variable?

Q. In which language python is written?

Q. Which of the following is the correct extension of a python file?

Q. Which of the following brackets are used in python to create a list?

Q. Which of the following keyword is used for function in python?


Q. What will be the output of the following code?

Q. By which program python was interpreted?

Q. Pick the best statement for the below program snippet: 

Q. Pick the best statement for the following C program snippet: 

Q. For the following declaration of a function in C, pick the best statement 

Q. Assuming int size is 4 bytes, what is going to happen when we compile and run the following program? 

Q. What will be printed by the C program?

Q. The value printed by the C program is ___________

Q. The following C declarations define s to be

Q. What does the following program print?

Q. How many lines of output does the following C code produce? 

Q. If n has 3, then the statement a[++n]=n++;

Q. Which one of the following is correct for overloaded functions in C++ ?

Q. What is the output of the following C program? 

Q. What is the output of C program?

Q. What is the output of C program?

Q. What is the output of C program?

Q. The following function computes the maximum value contained in an integer array p[] of size n (n >= 1) 

Q. What is the output of C program?

Q. Predict the output of following program, assume that a character takes 1 byte and pointer takes 4 bytes.

Q. Assume that a character takes 1 byte. Output of following program? 

Q. What is the output of C program?

Q. What is the use of "#pragma once"?

Q. Which of the following operators can be applied on structure variables?

Q. Which of the following is true

Q. Which of the following is true about arrays in C. 

Q. In below program, what would you put in place of “?” to print “Quiz”?

Q. In C, static storage class cannot be used with:

Q. Consider the following ANSI C code segment:
Assume that the variable y points to a struct (allocated on the heap) containing two fields f1 and f2, and the local variables x, y, z, p, q, and i are allotted registers. Common sub-expression elimination (CSE) optimization is applied on the code. The number of addition and the dereference operations (of the form y ->f1 or y ->f2) in the optimized code, respectively, are:

Q. Consider the following pseudocode of C program: 

Q. The translator which performs macro calls expansion is called: 

Q. Given that x = 7.5, j = -1.0, n = 1.0, m = 2.0 the value of - - x + j == x>n> = m is: 

Q. In _______, the bodies of the two loops are merged together to form a single loop provided that they do not make any references to each other.

Q. The following statement in ‘C’ 
int (*f())[ ]; 
declares

Q. If only one memory location is to be reserved for a class variable, no matter how many objects are instantiated, then the variable should be declared as

Q. Which file is generated after pre-processing of a C program?

Q. Which of the following is not a logical operator?

Q. Which of the following is true about return type of functions in C?

Q. In C, parameters are always 

Q. Assume that objects of the type short, float and long occupy 2 bytes, 4 bytes and 8 bytes, respectively. The memory requirement for variable t, ignoring alignment considerations, is

Q. What is the output of C program?

Q. What is the output of C program?

Q. What is the output of C program?

Q. What is the output of C program?

Q. ML is a field of AI consisting of learning algorithms that?

Q. p → 0q is not a?

Q. The action _______ of a robot arm specify to Place block A on block B.

Q. A model of language consists of the categories which does not include ________.

Q. Different learning methods does not include?

Q. The model will be trained with data in one single batch is known as?

Q. Which of the following are ML methods?

Q. In Model based learning methods, an iterative process takes place on the ML models that are built based on various model parameters, called?

Q. Which of the following is a widely used and effective machine learning algorithm based on the idea of bagging?

Q. To find the minimum or the maximum of a function, we set the gradient to zero because:

Q. Which of the following is a disadvantage of decision trees?

Q. How do you handle missing or corrupted data in a dataset?

Q. When performing regression or classification, which of the following is the correct way to preprocess the data?

Q. Which of the following statements about regularization is not correct?

Q. Which of the following techniques can not be used for normalization in text mining?

Q. In which of the following cases will K-means clustering fail to give good results?
1) Data points with outliers
2) Data points with different densities
3) Data points with nonconvex shapes

Q. Which of the following is a reasonable way to select the number of principal components “k”?

Q. What is a sentence parser typically used for?

Q. What will be the output of this statement?

Q. Which of the following is correct output of this program?

Q. Which of the following is the correct output of this program?

Q. Which of the following is correct output of this program?

Q. What will be the output of this statement?

Q. Study the following program:

Q. Study the following program:

Q. What will be the output of this statement?

Q. Study the following statements:

Q. The output to execute string.ascii_letters can also be obtained from:?

Q. Study the following code:

Q. Study the following statement:


Q. Study the following function:
any([5>8, 6>3, 3>1])
What will be the output of this code?

Q. Study the following function:
import math
abs(math.sqrt(36))
What will be the output of this code?

Q. Which one of the following syntaxes is the correct syntax to read from a simple text file stored in ”d:\java.txt”?

Q. Study the following program:

Q. Study the following function:
all([2,4,0,6])
What will be the output of this function?

Q. Which of the following is correctly evaluated for this function?pow(x,y,z)

Q. Study the following function:
round(4.576)
What will be the output of this function?

Q. Which of the following functions is a built-in function in python language?

Q. Which of the following precedence order is correct in Python?

Q. Which of the following operators is the correct option for power(ab)?

Q. Which of the following words cannot be a variable in python language?

Q. Which of the following declarations is incorrect in python language?

Q. Which of the following statements is correct for variable names in Python language?

Q. Which of the following is not a keyword in Python language?

Q. Why does the name of local variables start with an underscore discouraged?

Q. Which of the following declarations is incorrect?

Q. What is the method inside the class in python language?

Q. Which of the following statements is correct regarding the object-oriented programming concept in Python?

Q. Which character is used in Python to make a single line comment?

Q. What do we use to define a block of code in Python language?

Q. Who developed the Python language?

Q. What will be the output of the following PHP code?

Q. What will be the output of the following PHP code?

Q. What will be the output of the following PHP code?

Q. What will be the output of the following PHP code?

Q. What is NULL in PHP?

Q. What will be the output of the following PHP code?

Q. What will be the output of the following PHP code?

Q. "Array" is a data type in PHP?

Q.  String is placed within _____.

Q. What is CSS stands for?

Q. Slide sorter of PowerPoint is available on _____ menu. 

Q. The arrangement of elements such as Title and subtitle text, pictures, tables etis called

Q. After choosing a predefined template, which option has to be chosen to change the background color?

Q. Which of the following bootstrap style of button makes the button size large?

Q. Which of the following layout is used for providing 100% width in Bootstrap?

Q. Which of the following option creates a standard navigation bar?

Q. Which bootstrap style can be used to get different size items of .pagination?

Q. Which class applies the hover color to a particular row or cell of a table?

Q. Which class is used to create thumbnail image?

Q. Which of the following class is used to right-align navigation bar buttons?

Q. Which of the following class is used to create warning notification alerts in Bootstrap?

Q. What does the bootstrap class md mean for?

Q. Which class is used to change the size of wells?

Q. Which of the following class is used to add rounded corners to an image?

Q. Which of the following Which class is use to display black navigation bar?

Q. Which of the following class makes a table more compact by cutting cell padding in half?

Q. How many Container class are there in Bootstrap?

Q. Which of the following bootstrap styles can be used to create a Stacked progress bar?

Q. Which of the following bootstrap style of button indicates a dangerous or potentially negative action?

Q. In Bootstrap 4, 1rem = _____ ? 

Q. What are the three main elements of the Bootstrap grid listed in the proper order?

Q. What Bootstrap version should you use if you need to support IE9?

Q. If you want to have 3 equal columns in Bootstrap, which class would you use?

Q. What class name would you make a full width container in Bootstrap?

Q. In Bootstrap, content must be placed within

Q. Which plugin is used to cycle through elements like a slideshow?

Q. Which of the following is correct about bootstrap?

Q. How many types of lists supported by Bootstrap?

Q. _________ in Bootstrap allow you to move, show and hide content based on viewport size.

Q. Bootstrap includes a responsive, mobile first fluid grid system that appropriately scales up to _______ as the device or viewport size increases.

Q. Which of the following indicates a dangerous or potentially negative action?

Q. .success class used for?

Q. Bootstrap package includes?

Q. What are the features of bootstrap?

Q. _______ is a sleek, intuitive, and powerful mobile first front-end framework for faster and easier web development.

Q. Which of the following grid class is used for desktop?

Q. Which of the following contextual class is used for warning purpose?

Q. What layout is used for providing 100% width in bootstrap?

Q. Glyphicons is mainly used for

Q. In Bootstrap we can add for

Q. Which of the following class indicates uppercased text?

Q. Which contextual class indicates a succesful or positive action?

Q. Which of the following plugin is used to create a modal window?

Q. Which of the following class is used to create a black navigation bar? 

Q. Which of the following button class is used to create a large button?

Q. Which of the following class shapes an image to a circle?

Q. The Bootstrap grid system is based on how many columns? 

Q. Identify the correct statement of data-content Data attribute of Tooltip Plugin?

Q. Identify the true statement about bootstrap help text? 

Q. Which of the following class styles a table as a nice basic table with stripes on rows?

Q. Identify the correct statement about bootstrap wells?

Q. Which of the following Bootstrap’s global default line-height?

Q. Which of the following layout available In Bootstrap? 

Q. Which of the following class creates a list of items?

Q. Bootstrap is created by

Q. What is the default size of H3 bootstrap heading?

Q. Which of the following plugin is used to cycle through elements, like a slideshow?

Q. Which of the following class indicates a dropdown menu? 

Q. Identify the correct statement about data-trigger Data attribute of popover Plugin? 

Q. In MS Access, a form with data records at one half and entry format at the other half may be created using______ menu.

Q. An ordinary form for data entry in MS Access tables may be created using______ menu.

Q. _______ is an alternate to datasheet view for design of table in MS Access.

Q. By default, new table is displayed in ______view.

Q. Microsoft Access provides visual environment for design of _______.

Q. In which of the following applications is the term 'slide show' used?

Q. Select the FALSE statement among the following options with reference to PowerPoint software.

Q. Select the FALSE statement among the following options with reference to PowerPoint software.

Q. To use the exact same font type, size and colour in the title of all the slides in a Power Point presentation, you will:

Q. Which tool is used to record a presentation screen to demonstrate a process as part of a PowerPoint Presentation?

Q. ______ extension can be used to save slides where one can just need to view the presentation and cannot do any editing

Q. ______ allows you to create a new presentation and open an existing presentation.

Q. Which of the following Presentation View option in Microsoft PowerPoint 2016 shows thumbnails of all slides in your presentation to easily rearrange?

Q. The ______ asks you some questions during the process of presentation creation. 

Q. Which type of view is not present in MS-PowerPoint?

Q. In power point, Themes could be found under-

Q. Which of the following shortcut-key is used to start a presentation from the beginning in PowerPoint ?

Q. In Power Point, the dotted areas in an empty slide are called

Q. When you create first presentation file in MS-PowerPoint, what will be the default file name? 

Q. Which of the following is not a valid Master View option in Microsoft PowerPoint 2016?

Q. What is the keyboard shortcut to perform ‘Redo’ operation in MS-PowerPoint? 

Q. In MS PowerPoint, key used to run the Slide Show from the beginning is -

Q. ________ application is used for presentation.

Q. To center a text in PowerPoint. We use the following shortcut ________

Q. To left-align a text in PowerPoint. We use the following shortcut ________

Q. To make a text italic in PowerPoint. We use the following shortcut ________

Q. To bold the text in PowerPoint. We use the following shortcut ________

Q. To restart the slideshow in PowerPoint. We use the following shortcut ________

Q. How to go to the previous slide in PowerPoint?

Q. How to go to the next slide in PowerPoint?

Q. How to select all in PowerPoint?

Q. Which shortcut is used to replace a text in PowerPoint?

Q. Which shortcut is used to search in PowerPoint?

Q. How can you stop a slideshow?

Q. How to paste text into a presentation in PowerPoint?

Q. How to copy text in a presentation in PowerPoint?

Q. How to cut text in a presentation in PowerPoint?

Q. Which key is used for help in PowerPoint?

Q. How to close a presentation in PowerPoint?

Q. How to save a presentation in PowerPoint?

Q. How to create a new presentation in PowerPoint?

Q. In Power Point, it is a container for text or graphics.

Q. What is the menu for creating a text box on a slide?

Q. What do you do to start the slideshow?

Q. To print a PowerPoint presentation, press_____.

Q. The PowerPoint “Slide Sorter” is available in the _____ menu.

Q. The “Spelling” dialog box can be accessed by choosing “Spelling” from the ________ menu.

Q. PowerPoint can display data from the following MS Office add-ins?

Q. Which PowerPoint option allows you to create a package of your presentation to display on another computer?

Q. Which key on the keyboard can be used to view a slide show?

Q. We can replace a font on all slides by using ______

Q. A graphic can be integrated into the presentation using ______

Q. The slides can have ______

Q. To open the existing presentation, press ______

Q. To insert a new slide in the current presentation, we can use the following shortcut ______

Q. After choosing a predefined template, which option should you choose to change the background color?

Q. A file containing ready-made styles that can be used for a presentation is called _______

Q. The layout of elements such as title and subtitle text, images, tables, etc. is called _______

Q. Where do we define the timing for each object?

Q. A PowerPoint presentation is a collection of ________

Q. Before moving a sub-document to another location within a master document, you must switch to

Q. What is the shortcut key for "Find and Replace" dialog box?

Q. Which simplifies the process of formatting text If the same formatting Is required In more than one location?

Q. Which is not a data source component?

Q. By default, Word automatically formats each heading In a table of contents as 

Q. Which operation you will perform if you need to move a block of text?

Q. Superscript, subscript, outline, emboss, engrave are known as

Q. Which can be used for quick access to commonly used commands and tools? 

Q. What happens when you Insert an AutoShape by simply clicking in the document?

Q. Which of the following enables you to make multiple changes In a document at once?

Q. What is the shortcut key to Close Active Document In Microsoft Word?

Q. There can be many ways to insert page number in a document. Which of the following lets you insert page number

Q. Which command Is used to establish a link between a source document and a destination document?

Q. What is the default font used in MS Word document?

Q. You cannot close MS Word application by 

Q. Which of the following is used to create newspaper style columns? 

Q. What are inserted as cross-reference in Word? 

Q. Switching between portrait and landscape modes involves the:

Q. What do you call 'a collection of character and paragraph formatting commands'?

Q. To open Columns dialog box quickly

Q. To autofit the width of column

Q. Which of the following function key activates the speller?

Q. Which key is used to select all the text In the document? 

Q. Which option enables automatic updates in destination documents?

Q. How can you access the font size tool on formatting toolbar? 

Q. Which of the following position-is not available for fonts on MS Word?

Q. Which do you press to force a page break? 

Q. Which of the following is not a font style?

Q. A bookmark is an item or location in document that you identify as a name for future reference. Which of the following task is accomplished by using bookmarks? 

Q. master document contains.......... each of which contains a pointer to a file on a disk?

Q. Which enables us to send the same letter to different persons ?

Q. Which of the following is not of the merge process?

Q. Which of the following is not a type of page margin? 

Q. Which would you choose to display the statistics about a document? 

Q. Which of the following Is best for quick copy operation?

Q. Boarders can be applied to 

Q. What is the portion of a document in which you set certain page formatting options?

Q. If you need to change the typeface of a document, which menu will you choose?

Q. Portrait and Landscape are 

Q. What is the purpose of gutter margin? 

Q. To undo the last work, press ______________

Q. which key is used to select all the text in the document?

Q. Which key is used to increase left indent ?

Q. In MS word, ctrl + s is for_________

Q. Extension name of word 2004 _______.

Q. MS word is a _________ software.

Q. What is purpose of thesaurus tool is MS Word? 

Q. What is the purpose of inserting header and footer in document? 

Q. Which sequence of operation is required to force page break in word document? 

Q. How can we rectify the errors occurs while typing? 

Q. Which feature is used to adjust the amount of space between words for alignment in MS Word

Q. Which sequence of operation is required to remove tab stop markers from ruler? 

Q. Which sequence of operation is required to remove numbering from a list of data? 

Q. Which sequence of operation is required to insert bullets for list of data? 

Q. Which feature is used to create a newspaper type document? 

Q. Which option is used to locate any specific character, symbols or formulas in a document? 

Q. Which menu contains, Symbol option in MS Word? 

Q. What is the purpose of cover page? 

Q. Which option is used to activate and deactivate ruler? 

Q. What in the purpose of undo action in MS Word? 

Q. What in the purpose of vertical scroll bar? 

Q. Which option is used for tab setting? 

Q. What is the purpose of zoom option? 

Q. What in the purpose of ⌧ button?

Q. Which group includes superscript, subscript, strike through options in MS Word? 

Q. How many groups are there in Home Menu? 

Q. Which document view given an appearance as in web browser? 

Q. Which option is used to view an exiting word document? 

Q. Which one of the following is text styling feature of MS Word? 

Q. Where does the close button appear in MS Word? 

Q. Which bar contains the current position of the cursor in MS Word? 

Q. What is the purpose of quick access toolbar? 

Q. The print resolution (quality) and colour preferences may be set using ______option available in print dialog.

Q. Which shortcut key is used to high light the entire word document? 

Q. Which command is used to store the active document permanently?

Q. Single spacing in MS-WORD document causes ____ point line spacing?

Q. The key F12 opens a

Q. What is the ghosted text or picture behind the content on the page?

Q. Which of the following are valid minimum and maximum zoom sizes in MS Word?

Q. Change the case of letters by

Q. In word, you can use styles to

Q. ____ refers to a title for a part of a document.

Q. ____ lines to drop for drop for drop cap.

Q. A memory bus is mainly used for communication between

Q. ____ refers to back the object to one level or to all objects.

Q. Insert a ___ to illustrate and compare data.

Q. A(n) ____ lists the terms and topics that are discussed in a document, along with the pages that they appear on.

Q. Go to beginning of a document. press

Q. The ____ is a customizable toolbar that contains commands that you may want to use.

Q. SmartArt is the feature of ____

Q. The bar at the top of the window that bears the name of the window is known as

Q. The document can be zoom maximum upto

Q. What is the blinking symbol on the screen that shows where the next character will appear?

Q. Zoom in and out button is available on

Q. Microsoft Office Word creates a ____ for you when you press ENTER or the SPACEBAR after you type the address of an existing Web page.

Q. What is a note or annotation that an author or review adds to a document? 

Q. Use _____ to follow hyperlink.

Q. For Paste, Special, the keyboard shortcut key is

Q. User can use _____ commands to search for and correct words in a document.

Q. The process of making changes to an existing document is referred to as ____ it.

Q. Which is not a page size in MS Word document? 

Q. What is used to measure and line up objects in the document?

Q. In MS word we insert

Q. The software that is used to create text based document are referred to as

Q. Which of the following option may be used to change page-size and margins?

Q. Sort feature is for ___ in MS Word document.

Q. Changing the appearance of a document is called as ___

Q. After inset a chart, we edit the data of the chart in

Q. Which of the following is not an option in clipboard?

Q. ____ refers to forward the object one level or to the front of all objects.

Q. Which file format cannot be added to a Word document?

Q. To make the selected text bold, the shortcut key is ____

Q. The feature that keeps track of the right margin is

Q. What feature adjusts the top and bottom margins so that the text is centered vertically on the printed page?

Q. Arial, Cambria, Verdana, Times New Roman are the name of ____

Q. ____ Button brings word window to the maximum original size.

Q. Which term is not related with font?

Q. ____  button reduces the window to an icon but word still remains active.

Q. Line spacing is in the ____ of MS Word.

Q. From which panel you can insert Header and Footer in MS Word 2007?

Q. Using Print Preview is useful. When you want to

Q. To make the selected text underline, the shortcut key is

Q. The _____ feature in Word automatically corrects certain spelling, typing, and capitalization or grammar errors.

Q. One of the statement is incorrect?

Q. View the document as it would look as a webpage is

Q. ____ refer to numbers that are positioned slightly higher or slightly lower than the text on the line respectively.

Q. Where all the tabs (Ex. Home tab, insert tab, etc.) are located?

Q. What is the default page size for word document?

Q. Microsoft Office is

Q. Which of the following key is used to delete characters to the left of the cursor?

Q. Portrait and Landscape are

Q. To save a document for the first time, option is used.

Q. To see the document before the printout is taken, use

Q. To print a document, press ___

Q. Communication using a modulated carrier to apply a data signal to a transmission medium in analog form is

Q. _____ include the selected text in the index of the document.

Q. Which of the following to justification align the text on both the sides-left and right of margin?

Q. To delete the selected text press

Q. Which file are contents readymade styles that can be used for a word document?

Q. What is place to the left of horizontal scroll bar?

Q. Background color or effects applied on a document is not visible in

Q. Drop Cap is a formatting option in MS Word that allows you to insert a

Q. Press _____ to open ‘Replace’ dialog box.

Q. A _____ is a visual representation of your information that you can quickly and easily create, choosing from among many different layouts, to effectively communicate your message or ideas.

Q. _____ can use to navigate a long document through small pictures of each page.

Q. What is a gallery of text styles that you can add to your documents to create decorative effects?

Q. In _____ we can see the status of the document.

Q. The shortcut key for copy selected text/picture in MS Word is

Q. _____ is the change the way text warps around the selected object.

Q. Which option is not available in Microsoft office button?

Q. A _____ identifies a location or a selection of text that you name and identify for future reference.

Q. A word gets selected by clicking it

Q. To show the font dialog box press ____

Q. A major step before taking print of the document is

Q. To view paragraph marks, clicks on the _____ tab, in the paragraph group, click Show/Hide.

Q. The center the selected text, the shortcut key is

Q. In the _____ we can change the view of the document and set the zoom option.

Q. What program is used in MS-Word to check the spelling?

Q. The valid format of MS Word is _______

Q. MS Word is ____ software.

Q. Which is the word processing software?

Q. MS word is software of ____

Q. Turn on _____, which allows word to break lines between the syllables of words.

Q. Just below the toolbar, there is a _____ bar.

Q. The shortcut key for paste selected text/picture in MS Word is

Q. If you want to redo an action in a document, then press

Q. If you want to undo an action in a document, then press

Q. To cut the selected text, these keys should be pressed

Q. Press _____ to open ‘Go’ to dialog box.

Q. The shortcut key to open a new file in MS Word is

Q. What is the overall term for creating, editing, formatting, storing, retrieving and printing a text document?

Q. To specify margins in word, the user has to select Page Setup option from which menu?

Q. To align right the selected text, the shortcut key is

Q. _____ is a versatile word processing program that offers flexibility in correcting and revising your work, as well as a number of stylistic options to improve your documents.

Q. What is a set of unified design elements that provides a look for your document by using color, fonts and graphics?

Q. Which of the following options is used to display information such a title, page number of the document?

Q. Go to end of a document, press _____

Q. To move data from one part of the document to another, following is used.

Q. _____ are advanced features that can speed up editing or formatting you may perform often in a word document.

Q. A word processor would be used best to

Q. A detailed written description of the programming cycle and the program, along with the test results and a printout of the program is called _____

Q. What is a fast way t adjust the width of a column?

Q. A computer language for informing the dbms regarding the data structure used is

Q. The file extension for an access 2003 database is

Q. Which of the following statement is true?

Q. The __________ performs document tracking.

Q. Which of the following field properties is an expression that specifies criteria or requirements for entering data?

Q. Which is NOT an option of the Picture Size Mode property?

Q. You created a query with two tables that did NOT have a join line. The first table has 12 records and the second has 5. The resulting would have how many records?

Q. On the property sheet, which of the following tabs contains the Caption property?

Q. After creating the table which of the following is correct?

Q. If I create ‘Student’ field in ‘Fees’ table to store ‘student_id’ of ‘Students’ table, then this ‘Student’ field in ‘Fees’ table is called:

Q. What happens when you release mouse pointer after you drop the primary key of a table into foreign key of another table?

Q. Which editor was provided for use with access basic?

Q. In one-to-many relationship the table in ‘one’ side is called _______ and on ‘many’ side is called _________

Q. The________ operator will cause a record to be selected only if two or more conditions are satisfied

Q. ________ is used to build ‘intuitive’ queries.

Q. Which of the following CANNOT be done to data using a Form?

Q. To remove all Sorts in a table you can click the _________ command.

Q. What is the process of eliminating redundant fields by separating data into tables called?

Q. When increasing the Control Padding, space is added where?

Q. Which of the following dialog boxes enables users to enforce referential integrity in a One-To-Many relationship?

Q. The ________ Smart Tag launches Microsoft Outlook to schedule an appointment or display a calendar.

Q. A(n) _________ is an Extensible Scheme Standard file that is an approved W3C standard design as a basic infrastructure.

Q. Queries can be created in Access by

Q. In a table to insert User\’s Voice, Data field should be

Q. Which of the following properties identifies the type of information stored in a field?

Q. Which of the following database objects extracts information from one or more tables or queries?

Q. Which of the following views enables users to create and modify the sections of a form?

Q. Which of the following types of joins displays records with the same value in the common field?

Q. When adding an image, which size mode will change the height or width of the image fit the control?

Q. In Access 2007, to make changes in the Trust Center, you need to go to the

Q. In a module, the VB Name used to display a warning query icon is _______

Q. Query can be use to select data from

Q. In MS Access, Text Data type may contain maximum character of

Q. Which do you click to display the table\’s primary key and indexes in a separate window?

Q. Which data type is better to use for storing phone number in the following format “977-1-1234567”?

Q. How can you link a table with another so that a field in current table will display values in drop down box from another table while data:

Q. It is an association established between common fields of two tables.

Q. _________ will answer questions you did not think to ask of your data.

Q. The most open source DBMS.

Q. What is one of the advantages for using a form over other Access objects?

Q. Before printing a datasheet, you can use ________ to determine whether to change the page orientation from portrait to vertical orientation.

Q. The Search tool CANNOT be used on which major Access object?

Q. Which of the following views displays the field name, description, and properties of a table?

Q. Relationships between tables can be graphically viewed in the ________ window.

Q. Which of the following statements does NOT hold true for the Top Values property?

Q. Any report, including a basic report, can be modified in _________.

Q. Which of the following queries can create a table?

Q. You have a Command button in the Form Footer; you click the Tabular Control Layout; an attached label will be added in what section?

Q. If you need a calculation in an unbound control, you can create a custom ________.

Q. Which of the following is a standard file format language for web documents?

Q. To create a new table, in which method you don’t need to specify the field type and size?

Q. When a picture or other graphic image is placed in the report header section it will appear_________

Q. Which program do you use to edit code for data access pages?

Q. What type of control in a form can display data from database table?

Q. Which of the following query type is best suitable to analyze data?

Q. To set a password for the database, select __________ in the Microsoft Access open window.

Q. The result of a query is displayed in a

Q. This type of query summarizes large amounts of data in easy-to-read, row-and-column format.

Q. This form displays data in a table layout with field name labels across the top of the page and the corresponding data in rows and columns under each heading.

Q. When creating an input mask this character does not require an entry, but if an entry is made it must be a letter from a-z

Q. A collection of related records in database is known as a

Q. This type of database contains multiple tables that are connected to produce combined output from all tables.

Q. The key uniquely identifies each record in a table.

Q. You can automatically include all of the field in a table in a query by________ a strike that appear list box in query design view

Q. Which of the following language is not supported by C++?

Q. Which looping process checks the test condition at the end of the loop?

Q. Value of ix+j, if i, j are integer type and ix long type would be

Q. The statement i++; is equivalent to

Q. Expression C=i++ causes

Q. Which of the following is not a file operation?

Q. Which of the following is not an advantage of secondary memory?

Q. *ptr++ is equivalent to:

Q. Which of the following is/are advantages of cellular partitioned structure?

Q. In multi-list organization

Q. Seek time is

Q. Which of the following is not a component of file system?

Q. What is shallow copy?

Q. Which of the following language feature is not an access specifier in C++?

Q. What’s wrong? (x = 4 && y = 5) ? (a = 5) ; (b = 6);

Q. When class B is inherited from class A, what is the order in which the constructers of those classes are called?

Q. Vtables

Q. Which of the following relationship is known as inheritance relationship?

Q. Which one of the following is not a valid reserved keyword in C++

Q. If the class name is X, what is the type of its “this” pointer (in a non-static, non-const member function)?

Q. What is deep copy?

Q. Under which of the following circumstances, synchronization takes place?

Q. Which of the following is the most common way of implementing C++?

Q. If there is more than one statement in the block of a for loop, which of the following must be placed at the beginning and the ending loop block?

Q. Statement scanf(“%d”,80);

Q. Which of the following is a valid destructor of the class name “Country”?

Q. What’s wrong? for (int k = 2, k <=12, k++)

Q. Which of the following is not true about preprocessor directives?

Q. What is the implicit pointer that is passed as the first argument for non-static member functions?

Q. Which of the following correctly describes C++ language?

Q. Which one of the following is not a fundamental data type in C++?

Q. Which of the following is not a valid conditional inclusion in preprocessor directives?

Q. Layer one of the OSI model is

Q. What command is used to copy a file?

Q. What are the appropriate Hex codes for setting Linux swap and Linux native partition types in fdisk?

Q. Which of the following command is used to create a Linux installation boot floppy? 

Q. What command is used to display the top of the file?

Q. What sign is used to back up over typing errors in vi?

Q. Where can system and mail logs be found in Ret Hat Linux?

Q. What package group will you select during the custom configuration to enable the machine to communicate with Windows clients?

Q. What command is used with vi editor to append text at end of line?

Q. Which of the following tool allows you to change your default X Window desktop?

Q. Who has developed the Linux?

Q. Which of the following command can be used to rename a file in UNIX?

Q. What command is used to set user and group quotas?

Q. What does OSS stand for?

Q. Which of the following NIS clients returns the name of the NIS server used by the NIS client?

Q. How can you rebuild the RPM file to include the new patches?

Q. What command is used with file named 'letter' to remove the executable permission from the user and assign read permission to the group and others?

Q. You just added a new user, Ram, to the system. What group is kara added to by default?

Q. For you to create a swap partition by using fdisk, what must the partition's system ID type be?

Q. What command is used to display your current working directory?

Q. GNOME is based on

Q. When using PowerPoint, to play a PowerPoint show for previewing the show, select

Q. Which view in Power Point can be used to enter Speaker Comments?

Q. Which PowerPoint feature allows the user to create a simple presentation without having to spend too much time on it?

Q. Shortcut key to insert a hyperlink in a slide

Q. What is defined by Handout Master?

Q. Which PowerPoint view works best for adding slide transitions?

Q. Which of the following should you use if you want all the slides in the presentation to have the same ‘look’?

Q.  To insert slide numbers

Q. PowerPoint design templates are stored in a file with this extension.

Q. To draw the Square box in the slide by selecting rectangle tool

Q. Which is the Shortcut key to start a presentation from the beginning?

Q. Holding down the Shift key and rotate the image will rotate in increments of

Q. To create a PowerPoint presentation from a template

Q. Which of the following tools enable you to add text to a slide without using the standard placeholders?

Q. What is the term used to described the separation of a clip art object into different parts so that it becomes a PowerPoint object?

Q. The view that displays the slides of a presentation as miniature representations of the slides is called

Q. Which of the following is not an option when printing handouts?

Q. The view that displays the slides on a presentation as miniature representations of the slides is called

Q. If you want to insert some slides from other presentation into current one choose

Q. How can the slide show be repeated continuously?

Q. Which key on the keyboard can be used to view Slide show?

Q. Slide sorter of PowerPoint is available on ________ menu.

Q. Which types of fonts are best suitable for titles and headlines?

Q. The best way to insert a new slide in a presentation is to use the

Q. Block arrows, stars and banners, and callouts are all examples of

Q. Which of the following should you use to add shading to a drawing object on or an auto shape object?

Q. Which of the following you must first complete in order to delete an object?

Q. To select all the boxes of an organization chart

Q. Which of the following should you use if you want all the slides in the presentation to have the same look?

Q. You were giving your presentation, and you need to click a slide that’s few slides back. How do you get there?

Q. Which of the following is the default page setup orientation for notes pages, outlines and handouts?

Q. One way to make a PowerPoint slide display animations is to:

Q. The boxes that are displayed to indicate that the text, pictures or objects are placed in it is called _________

Q. Microsoft PowerPoint is a

Q. To save a presentation you

Q. Which of the following features allows you to view slides in a slide show without manually advancing each slide?

Q.  Which of the following should be used with the mouse when you want to draw a perfect shape?

Q. To edit the text within the boxes of an organization chart, you

Q. Which of the following includes special effects that can be applied to drawing objects?

Q. You can embed an organization chart in a slide by

Q. Auto clip art is a feature that

Q. The handout master contains placeholders for all of the following except

Q. Which of the following should you do to bring a bullet back to a previous level?

Q. In a query, what symbol is used to surround a parameter\’s user prompt?

Q. A(n)_______ is a major object that can run independent of a control.

Q. Which of the following is use to get data from user?

Q. Which criteria return only those addresses beginning with the letter “K”?

Q. A small button with three dots usually displayed at the right of field properties box

Q. The filter by selection feature allows you to filter:

Q. If a piece of data is stored in two places in the database, then a

Q. The complete picture of data stored in database is known as

Q. You can not import data into access database from

Q. When you select this control, its associated text control is also selected and the two controls will act as one when manipulated.

Q. Database access levels are specified so as to define who can access what in a database. It is identified through

Q. Which of the following is not a form style available in the form wizard dialog box?

Q. It is an association established between common

Q. The _________ is the software tool to store or access data.

Q. Access file operations can be found by clicking the _________.

Q. In Datasheet View, what appears at the top of each column?

Q. In a query, using the keyword _________ will return records in which the field value is between two numbers.

Q. Which of the following statements about the Label Wizard is NOT true?

Q. A global join will be created automatically when using tables in a(n) ________.

Q. How can a user open the Expression Builder dialog box?

Q. The VB Name used to display the warning message icon is _________.

Q. Data can be import into Access Database from

Q. ________ is the clear leader for personal databases.

Q. Which of the following methods CANNOT be used to copy a block of text from one part of a table to another?

Q. Which of the following functions CANNOT be used in the Totals row?

Q. Which of the following field properties displays a model or pattern for entering data?

Q. What type of relationship is created when you select a primary key in both related tables?

Q. Which of the following search criteria is invalid?

Q. To align controls in rows and columns like a spreadsheet, with labels across the top, which layout should be used?

Q. What does an inner join display?

Q. A summary query can be created by adding which row to the design grid of a select query?

Q. A Smart Tag can be set using the ________ tab in the property sheet.

Q. A(n) _________ is an image control that displays in the background of a page on a form or report.

Q. Which of the following is a condensed form of standard generalized markup language?

Q. To duplicate a controls formatting you can use________

Q. The command center of access file that appears when you create or open the MS Access database file.

Q. The third stage in designing a database is when we analyze our tables more closely and create a _________ between tables

Q. What is the purpose of the description column in table design view?

Q. What data type should you choose for a zip code field in a table?

Q.  According to access help, what’s a good way to design a database?

Q. Data items groped together for storage purposes are called a

Q. Which of the following is not a data type?

Q. Which of the following is not a section in report design window?

Q. What is the use of description field in table design window?

Q. In access, this view is used to create and modify the structure of a form.

Q. This query wizard will create a select query.

Q. This form displays the field name labels down the left side of the column, with the data for each field just to the right of its corresponding label.

Q. An enterprise solution with data storage, a client interface and a security system is a(n) ________ system.

Q. What is the keyboard shortcut to move to the last records in a table?

Q. A One-To-Many relationship that is not enforcing referential integrity, displays what symbol next to the foreign key field?

Q. Which report section prints once at the bottom of every printed page?

Q. According to the Leszynski Naming Conventions, which of the following is the prefix for a combo box control?

Q. Which of the following components has a property sheet that includes settings for the frame and the option group?

Q. Which of the following relationship is not valid in MS Access?

Q. The report footer section is most useful for displaying:

Q. An organized collection of logically related data is known as

Q. Which of the following creates a drop down list of values to choose from a list?

Q. The size of a field with Number data type cannot be

Q. Changing the order of this in the query datasheet does not affect the field order in the table.

Q. A part of database that stores complete information about an entity such as employee, sales, orders etc.

Q. In MS Access, AutoNumber Data Type

Q. Which is not a view for displaying a report object?

Q. What does the expression [detail] ! [product] * 1.30 do?

Q. In a datasheet, what does each row represent?

Q. Each record is constituted by a number of individual data items which are called

Q. A _________ name must be unique within a database

Q. In table design view, which key can be used to switch between the field names and properties panels?

Q. After entering all fields required for a table, if you realize that the third field is not needed, how will you remove?

Q. This key uniquely identifies each record

Q. How can you display pivot table report summary data in a currency format?

Q. A list consists of last names, first names, address and pin codes if all people in the list have the same last and the same pin code, a useful would be

Q. The option group ________ describes the contents of the entire option group.

Q. A(n) _________ is major object that completes an action or a set of actions.

Q. A collection of related tables is called

Q. Primary key is

Q. The appropriate Data Type to store Time in MS Access?

Q. Which is not a command that is selectable from right click menu of a field column?

Q. The basic elements of a form or a report are called:

Q. Which criteria do not return the position “Officer” as a match?

Q. Which of the following is not a view for interacting with a form object?

Q. ________ is a unit of information in a ________

Q. A primary key in any table has the properties

Q. Which of the following is not a database object in MS Access?

Q. When entering field name, how many characters you can type in maximum?

Q. Which of the following database object can be used if you need to mail the invoice to customers?

Q. The ‘filter by selection’ allows you to filter those records

Q. Both conditions display on the same row in the design grid when ________operator is in use

Q. Dcl provides commands to perform actions like


Q. What are the different views to display a table?

Q. The most popular commercial DBMS.

Q. What happens when a user selects a record in a form and presses [Delete]?

Q. Which of the following Find and Replace dialog box options finds records in which the beginning of a field matches the Find What entry?

Q. Which of the following data types automatically generates a consecutive number?

Q. The Input Mask wizard does NOT include the ability to do which of the following?

Q. A relationship is created between how many tables?

Q. This task pane shows the design that is currently being used in a presentation.

Q. In Normal view, this tab displays the content of each slide

Q. What is the shortcut key for repeat the recent find?

Q. To add a Header/Footer in Handout

Q. To insert slide numbers

Q. Which type of font is best suitable for large amount of text?

Q. You can embed a Microsoft Word table in a slide by

Q. What are symbols used to identify items in a list?

Q. You have customized a design template in one presentation and you want to use it in another presentation. What the best way to do

Q. Comments on a presentation can record who wrote them and when they were added. What's the automatic way in PowerPoint 2002?

Q. In Microsoft PowerPoint the entry effect as one slide replaces another in a show is called a (an)

Q. To select all of the boxes of an organization chart

Q. Want your logo in the same position on every slide, automatically? Insert it on the

Q. Animation Schemes can be applied to ________ in the presentation.

Q. A File which contains readymade styles that can be used for a presentation is called

Q. Which of the following is an example for Automatic Text formatting?

Q. We can replace a font on all sides with another font using the option:

Q. Which of the following is the default page setup orientation for slides in PowerPoint?

Q. Which PowerPoint feature adds special effects to modify the appearance of the slides and the timing between each slide?

Q. Which of the following is not a way to cut text?

Q. How can you quickly reinstate a deleted footer placeholder in master view?

Q. How to create additional Guide Lines?

Q. Which of the following is not a transition effect?

Q. Which of the following statement is true?

Q. Slide Transaction can be apply to

Q. Which short cut key inserts a new slide in current presentation?

Q. Which of the following statement is false?

Q. Which of the following is not a feature of PowerPoint?

Q. Which key on the keyboard can be used to view slide show

Q. Which of the following feature allows you to select more than one slide in slide sorter view?

Q. Which of the following must be used with the mouse when you want to resize an image from the center and keep it proportioned?

Q. An organization has a president, vice president, managers and supervisors. On what level of an organization chart are the vice presidents?

Q. How do you add degrees of transparency to shapes such as arrows, so that the slide background shows though?

Q. Good design determines

Q. To add a header or footer to your handout, you can use

Q. Which of the following allow you to select more than one slide in a presentation?

Q. Press animation effects allows you to

Q. To maintain the perspective (height and width ratio) of an object when resizing, you need to

Q. The auto shapes tool provides you with

Q. Which of the following displays when an image is selected?

Q. Line spacing refers to

Q. To make a selection of slides on our presentation, use a different design template from the other slides, what do you do?

Q. How would you create the following diagram in PowerPoint?

Q. You can tell when an object is active because

Q. In Microsoft PowerPoint in order to see all the slides on one screen use

Q. _________ controls all the main slide control tasks for your presentation.

Q. How to insert Tables in Slide?

Q. PowerPoint Application allows you to produce

Q. What is to be use to add text in Slide?

Q. Which of the following font effect is not available in PowerPoint Font dialog box?

Q. In a PowerPoint presentation

Q. How many steps are there between Start and Finish in AutoContent Wizard?

Q. The quickest way to create a PowerPoint presentation is to use the

Q. To give a PowerPoint presentation to a large audience, you

Q. Which of the following can a Report Wizard NOT do?

Q. What happens when a user double-clicks an object in the Project pane of the Visual Basic Editor?

Q. The complete information about an entity in a database is called

Q. A _________ enables you to view data from a table based on a specific criterion

Q. What is the first step in creating a form or report with the form wizard or report wizard?

Q. What is the type of query that extracts data from a table and puts them into separate table?

Q. If you make an invalid entry in the input mask wizard dialog box, this will display to advise you that the entry is not correct

Q. Where can you find the undo command in Access?

Q. The common field linking the two datasheets is the ________ key field in the main datasheet and the ________ field in the linked datasheet.

Q. Which of the following functions is used to all the values in a numeric field?

Q. In MS Access, OLE Object Data type can store

Q. Which of the following may not be a database?

Q. Which of the following is not a type of relationship that can be applied in Access Database?

Q. What is the memo data type field used for?

Q. When a picture or other graphic image is placed in the report header section it will appear________

Q. What is the maximum length a text field can be?

Q. To store your picture in a database requires a(n) ________ field.

Q. Search engines use a(n) ________ to automatically index sites.

Q. The content and application of the Search tool CANNOT be retained when you ________.

Q. Which of the following views is used to graphically summarize and analyze data in a recordset?

Q. In a junction table, the ________ field consists of the foreign key from both the linked tables.

Q. Which function extracts the name of the month from a date/time value?

Q. If a color property contains “#336699”, how many blue units are in the color?

Q. In a module, a(n) _______ is a series of commands and properties that perform a specific task.

Q. Which of the following data type is used to store logical value in MS Access?

Q. An Access database object that is used to enter, view or edit records

Q. How do you update pivot table report data after changes are made to the source data?

Q. The way a particular application views the data from the database that the application uses is a

Q. Which of the following columns does not exist in macro design window?

Q. Saving a database in access is done

Q. The quickest way to add a field to the selected fields list is to double-click its field name in this list.

Q. To create this, you enter an expression in the design grid that instructs access to perform a calculation using the current field values.

Q. It is a sign or symbol that specifies, operator, and values that produce a result

Q. A ________ name must be unique within a database

Q. While creating relationship, when you drag a field of a field to drop into another table the mouse pointer changes into

Q. Which of the following statement is true?

Q. To delete records or perform calculations on a table, the best tool to use is a _________.

Q. An application that executes on separate PCs like this is called a(n) ________ application.

Q. The insertion point looks like a(n) _________.

Q. The expression builder is an access tool that controls an expression________ for entering an expression

Q. To create relationship between two tables

Q. This data type allows alphanumeric characters and special symbols.

Q. What is the name of the visual basic editor utility that allows you to view the Microsoft Access type library’s available objects and members?

Q. To display value from table for a label control

Q. To enter the input mask wizard

Q. Queries are based on this, allowing you to use a query as the source for forms and reports

Q. In access, this displays the results of a calculation in a query

Q. Which of the following database object is created first before any other created?

Q. Which of the following is not a field type in access?

Q. This is the stage in database design where one gathers and list all the necessary fields for the database project.

Q. Which of the following statements about calculated fields is NOT true?

Q. What type of controls are text boxes when data from the recordset is visible?

Q. A ________ often display summary data such as totals or counts.

Q. Which of the following is the default join between two recordsets?

Q. A(n) ________ query locates data from one or more tables.

Q. A(n) __________ is a control that, when clicked, executes an action or series of actions.

Q. Which colors are used to define a custom color?

Q. For _________ data to be useful, both the sender and the receiver need to be able to read and use the data.

Q. Which of the following statements about option group is incorrect?

Q. Relationship can be establish between two tables by

Q. What is the use of Referential Integrity in MS Access?

Q. Which of the following is invalid field name?

Q. In MS Access “Hyperlink” Data Type can store

Q. What do you call the process of restricting the display of records in a table to those matching a particular criterion?

Q. Which of the following is not a legitimate section for form objects?

Q. Power Point presentation is a collection of ________

Q. Which is the shortcut key to jump to the first slide of the presentation?

Q. Which of the following method can insert a new slide in current presentation?

Q. Which of the following fill effects can you use for the slide background?

Q. Which of the following best describes serifs?

Q. Any and every command can be found on the

Q. To select one hyperlink after another during a slide presentation, what do you press?

Q. You can create a new presentation by completing all of the following except

Q. How do you create speaker note pages that show the slides, related notes, and your company logo on each page?

Q. 

Q. Which option can be used to create a new slide show with the current slides but presented in a different order?

Q. How can you stop a slide show?

Q. This is the menu command used to apply a design template in PowerPoint.

Q. What is the maximum zoom percentage in Microsoft PowerPoint?

Q. What is Custom Shows in PowerPoint?

Q. What is a slide transition?

Q. Which key do you press to check spelling?

Q. Which is the menu command to recolor a picture on a slide?

Q. Microsoft PowerPoint can insert objects from the following add-ins?

Q. To select more than one slide in the presentation

Q. What is the use of Researching Timings?

Q. Which of the following can be use as slide background?

Q. What is ‘Motion Path’ in PowerPoint?

Q. From which menu you can access Picture, Test Box, Chart etc?

Q. In which menu can you find features like Slide Design, Slide Layout etc.?

Q. Which of the following is not a way to create a new presentation?

Q. Which of the following views is the best view to use when setting transition effects for all slides in a presentation?

Q. Which of the following are actions you can assign to an action button or slide object?

Q. With Word’s AutoCorrect entries, to display an indifferent face ( ?? ) type _________.

Q. Single spacing in MS-WORD document causes ________ point line spacing?

Q. What is the shortcut key for Spelling Check in document?

Q. A letterhead should contain all of the following EXCEPT ________.

Q. When a custom tab stop is set, Word ________.

Q. How can you increase the font size of selected text by one point every time?

Q. Why the document you created at home displays with a different font at school?

Q. When the same word is used in multiple locations or a word is used that was not quite appropriate, a thesaurus can be used to look up _______ or a word similar in meaning.

Q. The spike

Q. The spike

Q. What is the default font size of a new Word document based on Normal template in Word 2003?

Q. What does Ctrl + = key effect?

Q. What is the smallest and largest font size available in Font Size tool on formatting toolbar?

Q. What is the smallest width of a column?

Q. What is the smallest width of a column?

Q. What is the maximum font size you can apply for any character?

Q. How many columns can you insert in a word document in maximum?

Q. How many ways you can save a document?

Q. What is the shortcut key to Update Formula in a table?

Q. Which enables you to move directly to specific location in a document?

Q. Ctrl + O

Q. How do you close a word document without closing Word window?

Q. The file type ________ indicates the file is a Word document.

Q. What is the maximum number of lines you can set for lines to drop box?

Q. What is the shortcut key for “Subscript” the selected text?

Q. Each time the ________ key is pressed, the paragraph formatting in the previous paragraph is carried forward to the next paragraph.

Q. You cannot close MS Word application by

Q. Microsoft Office Word is a (n) ________.

Q. Word includes a series of predefined graphics called ________ that can be inserted into a Word document.

Q. After typing header text, how can you quickly enter footer text?

Q. Word has a list of predefined typing, spelling, capitalization, and grammar errors that ________ can detect and correct.

Q. Which key is used to increase left indent?

Q. Which button do you click to add up a series of numbers?

Q. When integrating word and excel, word is usually the

Q. You can activate a cell by

Q. A numeric value can be treated as a label value if it proceeds with

Q. The chart wizard term data series refers to

Q. Which menu option can be sued to split windows into two?

Q. How can you delete a record?

Q. Which of the following is not a valid data type in excel

Q. To create a formula, you can use:

Q. To view a cell comment

Q. A circular reference is

Q. To hold row and column titles in place so that they do not scroll when you scroll a worksheet click the

Q. To activate the previous cell in a pre-selected range, press

Q. Which of the following is not a basic step in creating a worksheet?

Q. A worksheet range is

Q. To delete an embedded objects, first

Q. If you begin typing an entry into a cell and then realize that you don’t want your entry placed into a cell, you:

Q. Which of following is Not one of Excel’s what-if function?

Q. You cannot link excel worksheet data to a word document 

Q. When the formula bar is active, you can see

Q. Which is used to perform what if analysis?

Q. To create a formula, you first

Q. Which of the following is not a way to complete a cell entry?

Q. Data can be arranged in a worksheet in a easy to understand manner using

Q. Which of the following formulas will Excel Not be able to calculate?

Q. To copy cell contents using drag and drop press the

Q. You can select a single range of cells by

Q. Excel worksheet cells work very similarly to what common element of the windows graphical user interface

Q. Which of the following is not information you can specify using the solver?

Q. Text formulas:

Q. In access, the best types of queries to use for data analysis are:

Q. Which control does access use to link data access page components to Access data?

Q. Which of the following is not one of the methods available in the new query dialog box to create queries?

Q. Some rules are set in databases to check and permit only correct values. What is this feature called?

Q. Microsoft Access is a

Q. Which of the following methods CANNOT be used to delete records from a table?

Q. The ________ is a wild card that represents one or more characters

Q. In the Relationship window, related fields from each table are connected by a(n) _________.

Q. To apply an AutoFormat to an entire Form, what must you select first?

Q. Which of the following queries modifies fields not records?

Q. Which control lets a user create multiple pages in a form?

Q. In the relationships window, what does the appearance of symbols, such as 1 and the infinity symbol, at the endpoints of a relationship mean?

Q. In a datasheet, what does each column represent?

Q. Queries in Access can be used as

Q. Which query do you use to answer the question “What is the average salary of the employees”?

Q. Which object is used to create a form?

Q. Collection of related records in a database is known as

Q. It is used to calculate and restructure data for easier analysis of your data. It calculates the sum,

Q. What are the columns in a Microsoft Access table called?

Q. To sort records in a table

Q. The two form layout types will display multiple records at one time are tabular and________

Q. Which of the following is not a selection technique?

Q. What happens when you add the asterisk (*) from any field list of a query?

Q. Which action will optimize your database performance?

Q. How do you filter by selection?

Q. The executive responsible for the data processing function in an organization is

Q. How can you display the related records from other tables in datasheet view?

Q. This is not one of the sections of the form design window

Q. The________ button on the tool box display data from a related table

Q. In table design view what are the first column of buttons used for

Q. A database language concerned with the definition of the whole database structure and schema is ________

Q. Query design window has two parts. The upper part shows

Q. What is the propose to a sub datasheet?

Q. In order to use dbms, it is important to understand

Q. How can you add a table to the relationship window?

Q. What is the corresponding text for the <#1/1/95# validation rule setting?

Q. A subset of characters within a data field is known as

Q. In relational database schema each tuple is divided into fields known as?

Q. This form displays multiple records, one per row, in the form window

Q. What it is called to present information in a particular order based on numeric or alphabetical value?

Q. Unlike text data type, this can store up to maximum of 65,535 characters.

Q. If you need to edit a relationship

Q. The option button ________ identifies each button or check box in an option group.

Q. A report module includes code for all event _______ triggered by events occurring on a specific report or its controls.

Q. Validation Rule in a field will

Q. In MS Access “Lookup Wizard” is used to

Q. Which function cannot be used for calculated controls in a report?

Q. You have field ‘Sex’ of type Byte Number. How to limit its value to 0 and 1 only?

Q. Which is the valid data type in Access?

Q. Which of the following is not a database application?

Q. Which of the following can be an example of a database?

Q. A part of database that stores only one type of data is

Q. It is a query that when run displays its own dialog box prompting you for information, such as

Q. The_______ operator will cause a record to be selected only if two or more conditions are satisfied

Q. A search value can be an exact value or it can be

Q. Cascade update option

Q. Which of the following is NOT a type of Microsoft Access database object?

Q. In the form wizard dialog box, the fields from the selected table are displayed in this list box.

Q. The ascending order of data hierarchy is?

Q. The operation of checking input data against specified criteria is known as?

Q. It is most common type of query. It retrieves records from one or more tables and then displays the

Q. What do you mean by one-to-many relationship between student and class table?

Q. To create queries in access

Q. Which of the following is not a database object?

Q. Which of the following is not a database model

Q. Which of the following creates a drop down list of values to choose from?

Q. To print information from a table, the _________ tool is the best choice.

Q. _________ are documents that when filled in create records.

Q. Which of the following is NOT possible when printing Forms?

Q. Which of the following database objects can have more than one Group Header/Footer section?

Q. The page count of a report can be determined by clicking the ________ button.

Q. In a query\’s Design View, right-clicking the sloping portion of the join line between two tables and selecting Delete will delete what?

Q. You created a query with two tables that have relationship of One-To-Many with referential rules applied. The first table has 3 records the second has 8. With using a right outer join, how many records will the resulting recordset have?

Q. Which of the following queries prompts users for input data by displaying dialog boxes?

Q. The ________ Symbol Smart Tag launches Microsoft Explorer and obtains a stock quote.

Q. According to the Leszynski Naming Conventions, which of the following is the prefix for a text box control?

Q. The ________ function returns a string that has been converted to uppercase text.

Q. In Access 2007, to set a table to open as a document tab, you need to go to the

Q. Which of the following options is NOT a part of an option group?

Q. A(n) ________ is the default control for a Yes/No field.

Q. To assign a macro to an event, users need to open the form in Design View.

Q. Macros can recover from _______ in a controlled manner.

Q. Which of the following is the DBMS type?

Q. In a query, which row do you need to place wildcards to affect a parameter?

Q. A(n) _________ query makes changes to or moves records in a dynaset, in a single operation.

Q. Which of the following is NOT true about background images?

Q. The Allow ________ property controls whether new records can be added through the form.

Q. The three parts of an IIF function are separated by ________.

Q. Which part of the IIF expression is the action performed if the true condition exists?

Q. Which of the following is the file extension for an Extensible Markup Language?

Q. Which of the following statements regarding charts is incorrect?

Q. Which of the following statements about a tab control in a form is incorrect?

Q. By default, what is the name of a new module in the Modules folder of the Project pane called?

Q. What is the use of Cascade Delete Option in MS Access?

Q. In MS Access, Field Value may contain

Q. To create a table in Access

Q. Which of the following Data Type is used to store picture in MS Access?

Q. Which of the following is not an action query?

Q. In the second sub-form wizard dialog box you specify the table to use as the data source and the

Q. Which Form tool creates a new form that show both a form and datasheet views?

Q. Which of the following database objects asks a question of information in a database and then displays the result?

Q. A relational database management (RDBMS) package manages data in more than one file at once. How does it organize these file?

Q. In a relational schema, each tuple is divided into fields called

Q. A file containing relatively permanent data is

Q. Which of the following is a database management system?

Q. Which of the following best describes the grouped report?

Q. A disadvantage to a ________file is that there is no easy way to tell which fields are numbers, text, dates, or currency.

Q. Which tool is used to generate printout of a table\’s structure?

Q. The default and maximum size of text field in Access

Q. Which of the following terms does not describe a database structure used by a dbms to link data from several files?

Q. You can move between fields in a form by using any of these keys except

Q. The database language that allows you to access or maintain data in a database

Q. In a table, ________(s) are displayed in the order in which they were entered. Most often this order is not useful.

Q. In access, this operation copies a backup file from the storage medium back onto the computer

Q. If you write criteria values vertically (one in a row) it will mean

Q. In a database table, the category of information is called __________

Q. The _________ field is used to hold a yes or no answer

Q. Which major database object stores all data?

Q. The Table _________ Wizard analyzes a database and recommends changes for normalization.

Q. Which of the following statements about criteria in a query is NOT true?

Q. ________ allows you to resize controls, adjust column widths, move columns, and change labels while viewing the actual data in the

Q. Which function evaluates a “true/false” expression and then performs one of two actions?

Q. The ________ Builder is an Access tool for selecting colors from a palette or creating custom colors.

Q. Which of the following Format supports for Data Type Yes/No?

Q. Which data type is better to use for storing the price of an item?

Q. What determines a table’s sort order?

Q. Objects on the slide that hold text are called

Q. Which of the following features should you use when typing in the notes text box?

Q. Which of the following toolbars provides different options in various master views?

Q. What’s the easy way to apply varied animations to test on slides?

Q. Which of the following will not advance the slides in a slide show view?

Q. The PowerPoint view that displays only text (title and bullets) is

Q. In notes master view, how do you modify the font size of text for all hte4 notes of a presentation?

Q. The size of the organization chart object

Q. How can you create a uniform appearance by adding a background image to all slides?

Q. To insert new slide in the current Presentation, we can choose:

Q. From where can we set the timing for each object?

Q. Which option in PowerPoint allows you to create a package of your presentation for showing to another computer?

Q. What does ‘apply design template’ do?

Q. The spelling dialog box can be involved by choosing spelling from ________ menu.

Q. Which of following are not PowerPoint views?

Q. Which is the best view for getting your thoughts for a presentation out on the computer?

Q. Animation schemes can be applied to _________ in the presentation

Q. Which of the following bypasses the print dialog box when printing individual slides or an entire presentation?

Q. Using a custom animation effect, how do you make text appear on a slide by letter?

Q. Which of the following should be used when you want to add a slide to an existing presentation?

Q. When you delete a text box object from a slide in PowerPoint Presentation

Q. Power Point can display data from which of the following add-in software of MS Office?

Q. In PowerPoint, when the mouse pointer appears as this it indicates that the Draw Table feature is on

Q. How to change the order of Slides in Presentation?

Q. Which menu provides you options like Animation Scheme, custom Animation, Slide Transition?

Q. To import text from a word document that uses headings into a PowerPoint presentation:

Q. After choosing a predefine template, _________ option has to be chosen to change a background color

Q. Which of the following cannot be toggled from View >> Toolbars?

Q. The size of an organization chart object

Q. Presentation designs regulate the formatting and layout for the slide and are commonly called

Q. What feature will you use to apply motion effects in between a slide exits and another enters?

Q. What do you do to start the slide show?

Q. To start slide show of a presentation

Q. Which command select all object at one time when selecting multiple objects to be deleted?

Q. You can show the shortcut menu during the slide show by

Q. To start slide show of a presentation

Q. Which of the following statement is false?

Q. Ellipse Motion is a predefined __________

Q. Slides can have

Q. Which is not the one of view options provided by PowerPoint to look at and modify presentation?

Q. All worksheet formula

Q. Excel uniquely identifies cells within a worksheet with a cell name

Q. Getting data from a cell located in a different sheet is called _________

Q. A worksheet can have a maximum of _______ Number of rows

Q. Which of the following is an absolute cell reference?

Q. You can use the drag and drop method to

Q. When you want to insert a blank imbedded excel object in a word document you can

Q. Which of the following options is not located in the Page Setup dialog box?

Q. Which of the following is a correct order of precedence in formula calculation?

Q. When three hyphens, underscores, equal signs, asterisks, or number signs are typed and then the enter key is pressed, the AutoFormat ________.

Q. What is the default font used in MS Word 2007 document?

Q. You can jump to the next column by

Q. Ctrl + B

Q. When assigning a shortcut key to a symbol, you should always try to select a key or key combination that is:

Q. The word wrap feature

Q. Pressing F8 key for three times selects

Q. What is the default left margin in Word 2003 document?

Q. Word, by default, places a tab stop at every ________ mark on the ruler.

Q. What is the maximum number of lines you can set for a drop cap?

Q. What is the shortcut key to split a table?

Q. The minimum number of rows and columns in MS Word document is

Q. What is the default number of lines to drop for drop cap?

Q. What is the shortcut key for “Find and Replace” dialog box?

Q. Which of the following is not available in Font Spacing?

Q. To switch between insert mode and overtype mode, _________.

Q. Which of the following is not a type of page margin?

Q. A master document contains_________, each of which contains a pointer to a file on a disk?

Q. Which of the following command is not available in Tools menu?

Q. What is a Document Outline View?

Q. How can you access the font size tool on formatting toolbar?

Q. What is the short cut key to open Font dialog box?

Q. A ________ contains buttons, boxes, and menus that allow tasks to be performed more quickly than using the menu bar.

Q. Which would you choose to save a document with a new name?

Q. Uppercase on Change Case dialog box and All Caps on Fonts dialog box both converts selected text into Capital Letters. What’s the difference between the two?

Q. How many different positions can you set for drop cap?

Q. What is the shortcut key to “Insert Hyperlink” in a document?

Q. What is the shortcut key to “Center Align” the selected text?

Q. To convert a hyperlink e-mail address to regular text, right-click the e-mail address and then click ________ on the shortcut menu.

Q. Which option in File pull-down menu is used to close a file in MSWord?

Q. Which of the following is use to view or print the data in organized manner?

Q. In MS Access, which data type is appropriate to store large text and numbers?

Q. Which of the following is not a valid Data Type in MS Access?

Q. In the datasheet formatting dialogue box, which is not an option in the border and line styles dropdown list box?

Q. Which control type do you use to create a calculated control?

Q. After right click the field selector button, which do you choose to delete a field in design view?

Q. What is the result of ‘Select * from customer where CustID>10 and CustID<100’ query?

Q. What do you call a collection of records matching parameters of a query?

Q. What is the purpose of indexing?

Q. What do you call a primary key field included in another table?

Q. In databases, Locking level is also called as

Q. A composite key is

Q. Database Management Systems are featured with:

Q. A database can be best described as

Q. Both conditions display on the same row in the design grid when ________operator is in use

Q. Which of the following statement is true?

Q. What is the difference between ‘Open’ and ‘Open Exclusively’?

Q. Which field type can store photos?

Q. You can automatically include all of the field in a table in a query by_________ a strike that appear list box in query design view

Q. It is a database object to view, change, and analyze data in different ways

Q. Referential integrity means

Q. Which of the following database object produces the final result to present?

Q. Which is not a view to display a table in Access?

Q. This option allows you to build a new table by entering data directly into the datasheet.

Q. Which field type will you select when creating a new table if you require to enter long text in that field?

Q. How can you define a field so that when entering data for that field it will display ****** instead of actual typed text

Q. The size of Yes No field is always

Q. Two tables can be linked with relationship so that the data integrity can be enforced. Where can you find Relationship Command?

Q. In a database table, the category of information is called _________

Q. In this form, a single record may appear in multiple rows in the form window in order to fully display the field name label and data.

Q. What is a form in MS Access?

Q. Which of the following is a method to create a new table in MS Access?

Q. A __________ enables you to view data from a table based on a specific criterion

Q. Which of the field has width 8 bytes?

Q. The ________ is used to access one record at a time.

Q. This database has only one table.

Q. The ability of a database to grow as the data tracking needs grow is its _________.

Q. A(n) ________ in the Record Selector indicates a new record.

Q. In Datasheet View, new records are added to a table _________.

Q. Print options can be changed in the Print _________.

Q. The Search tool is best used when searching for _________ data.

Q. Database properties do NOT include _________.

Q. Which of the following field properties enforces the use of parentheses when keying an area code?

Q. Referential integrity can be enforced if both _________ belong to the same Microsoft Access database.

Q. Using the keyword _________ will return records in which the field value equals a defined text.

Q. A DBMS that runs on many different operating systems is said to be _________.

Q. All attachment fields display as a(n) ________ in Datasheet View.

Q. A ________ is a major database object used to display information in a printable page format.

Q. A ________ is a major database object used to display information in an attractive, easy-to-read screen format.

Q. Which is not an option for Filter on a text field?

Q. A(n) _________ is dynamic mathematical calculation that displays a single value for a specific field.

Q. Which is NOT a method of creating a table?

Q. In the Field List of a table, the primary key appears __________.

Q. Which of the following statements about PivotChart View is NOT true?

Q. Referential integrity cannot be set for _________ relationships.

Q. Which mode sizes an image to fit the control while maintaining the proportions of the original image?

Q. Which of the following statements about tab order setting is NOT true?

Q. Which report section only prints one time at the end of the report?

Q. When you add fields in ________, a Field List pane displays.

Q. What is an index?

Q. In an application created using the database wizard, the main menu is presented as a:

Q. In which order do you place the field to sort a Dynaset first by zipcode, then by lastname and then by firstname?

Q. What is an intersection of a row and a column?

Q. HSAM stands for ________

Q. Every table in relational database contain a field or combination of fields that can uniquely identify each records, it is called

Q. The task of arranging data in order is called

Q. DCL provides commands to perform actions like

Q. Which of the following statement is true?

Q. We can remove a relationship defined between two tables by

Q. To achieve AND effect when you are entering criteria in a query design window

Q. You can set a controls border type to make the border invisible.

Q. Which of the following database object hold data?

Q. What does the show check box in query design window indicate?

Q. When creating a new table which method can be used to choose fields from standard databases and tables?

Q. This is the stage in database design where one gathers and lists all the necessary fields for the database project.

Q. Which is not an option for customizing a datasheet window?

Q. Which control types is most often associated with a bound control?

Q. Which leads you through the process of creating a table?

Q. How to make a date field DOB store the dates like “2020/12/31”?

Q. Which query do you use to answer the question “Which employees earn more than $5000 a month”?

Q. How many relations may exist between tables in databases?

Q. Which tool do you use to create a query object?

Q. Which type of field is incremented automatically?

Q. Which of the following is not a logical database structure?

Q. To create primary key for a table when in design view

Q. Which of the following expresses correct order?

Q. A database object in MS Access that stores a question about the data in database?

Q. Which of the following term is least related to database?

Q. What do you mean by, one-to-many relationship between Student and Class table?

Q. Which of the following store command to retrieve data from database?

Q. Status indicators are located on the

Q. How do you delete a column?

Q. How can you print three copies of a workbook?

Q. You can use drag-and-drop to embed excel worksheet data in a word document

Q. Which of the following formulas is not entered correctly?

Q. Which elements of worksheet can be protected from accidental modification?

Q. An excel workbook is a collection of

Q. In a worksheet you can select

Q. You can enter which types of data into worksheet cells?

Q. Which of the following is the latest version of Excel?

Q. When you insert an excel file into a word document. The data are

Q. How do you insert a row?

Q. Which of the following methods cannot be used to enter data in a cell?

Q. Concatenation of text can be done using

Q. The Chart wizard term data categories refers to;

Q. A typical worksheet has ________ Number of columns

Q. What symbol is used before a number to make it a label?

Q. When you copy a formula

Q. Documentation should include

Q. It is acceptable to let long text flow into adjacent cells on a worksheet when

Q. Which of the following is not an example of a value?

Q. Which symbol must all formula begin with?

Q. Which of the following is not a worksheet design criterion?

Q. Files created with Lotus 1-2-3 have an extension

Q. Without using the mouse or the arrow keys, what is the fastest way of getting to cell A1 in a spreadsheet?

Q. The Paste Special command lets you copy and paste:

Q. Which of the following is a popular DOS based spreadsheet package?

Q. Which area in an excel window allows entering values and formulas

Q. You can use the horizontal and vertical scroll bars to

Q. When a label is too long to fit within a worksheet cell, you typically must

Q. To save a workbook, you:

Q. Which of the following methods cannot be used to edit the contents of a cell?

Q. The numbers in our worksheet look like this: You want them to look like this: $1,000.How can you accomplish this?

Q. Each excel file is called a workbook because

Q. You can convert existing excel worksheet data an charts to an HTML document by using

Q. You can copy data or formulas

Q. To edit in an embedded excel worksheet object in a word document

Q. To copy formatting from one area in a worksheet and apply it to another area you would use:

Q. Hyperlinks can be

Q. The name box

Q. Which of the following are types of sound files?

Q. Special effects used to introduce slides in a presentation are called

Q. To insert a new slide in the current presentation, we can choose

Q. Which key deletes text before, or the left of, the insertion point?

Q. PowerPoint 2000 has ________ Number of views

Q. A cell is defined as

Q. Which of the following is/are true about rulers and guides?

Q. What is the term used when you press and hold the left mouse key and move the mouse around the slide?

Q. What is the name of the form used to input chart values?

Q. To add a new row to a table you would

Q. Material consisting of text and numbers is best presented as

Q. The power point view that displays only text (title and bullets) is:

Q. The toolbars that are displayed by default in the PowerPoint window includes

Q. How do you print your slides in a handout that includes lines for notes?

Q. To print the PowerPoint presentation, press

Q. In Power Point, this is a container for text or graphics.

Q. Which type of template provides a design concept, fonts & color scheme for presentation?

Q. To place something in the same position on every slide of presentation automatically, insert into

Q. What is the use of “Hide Slide” option?

Q. Which of the following is correct regarding the Background of slides?

Q. What is the shortcut key to start presentation from current slide?

Q. To insert a hyperlink in a slide

Q. The selected design template can be applied

Q. Which of the following can you format using buttons on the formatting toolbar?

Q. Slide show options available to the presenter include all of the following except

Q. Which of the following is not one of PowerPoint’s views?

Q. Which option can be used to create a new slide show with the current slides but presented in a different order

Q. Which of the following presentation elements can you modify using the slide master?

Q. Which command brings you to the first slide in your presentation?

Q. Which of the following is the default page setup orientation of slide in PowerPoint?

Q. Which of the following toolbars provide different options in various master views?

Q. If you have a PowerPoint show you created and want to send using email to another teacher you can add the show to your email message a(an)

Q. Which file format can be added to a PowerPoint show?

Q. Which of the following is not a part of Slide Design?

Q. Which of the following statements is not true?

Q. To open the existing presentation, press

Q. The arrangement of elements such as Title and subtitle text, pictures, tables etc. is called:

Q. Which option can be used to set custom timings for slides in a presentation?

Q. A Chart can be put as a part of the presentation using

Q. In Word you can force a page break

Q. Ctrl + Z

Q. What is the shortcut key for “Font” dialog box?

Q. Which of the following is not on Home ribbon?

Q. A feature of MS Word that saves the document automatically after certain interval is available on

Q. How MS Word will respond in repeated word?

Q. What is the maximum scale percentage available in Scale drop down box?

Q. Which of the following option is not available in Insert >> Picture?

Q. A (n) ________is a dot or other symbol positioned at the beginning of a paragraph.

Q. When you click on File menu in Word 2010, it opens

Q. You need to jump to the next column breaking current column right at the cursor position. How can you break column?

Q. If the number of columns is selected 1 and the line between check box is marked, where is the line drawn?

Q. If you want to convert a symbol or several lines of text into an AutoCorrect entry, you should:

Q. Which feature is used to replace straight quotes with smart quotes as you type?

Q. What is the short cut key to open the Open dialog box?

Q. The _________ in the Resume Wizard dialog box indicates the wizard is ready to create the document.

Q. In mail merge operation which of the following might represent the main document?

Q. Word is preset to use standard 8.5 by 11 inch paper with ________ margins.

Q. In a document what is the maximum number of columns that can be inserted in MS Word Table?

Q. What is the shortcut key you can press to create a copyright symbol?

Q. Which feature do you use to create a newspaper like document?

Q. What should you do if you require to paste the same format in many places?

Q. Ctrl + E

Q. Which of the following enables you to paste data multiple times?

Q. Which option is not available in Insert Table AutoFit behavior?

Q. How many different documents you can open at one time?

Q. How can you make the selected character superscripted?

Q. By default, your document prints with:

Q. How much space in minimum must be provided between columns?

Q. When inserting Page number in footer it appeared 1 but you wish to show a. How can you do that?

Q. Ctrl + A

Q. How to use Format Painter multiple times

Q. To move the cursor page to page of document

Q. Tabs stop position cannot be the following alignment

Q. Which of the following is the second step in creating a macro?

Q. When typing in a word field manually, what must you press to insert the code’s braces?

Q. What do you call ‘a collection of character and paragraph formatting commands’?

Q. The Footnote Text style defines characters as _________.

Q. Which of the following button will allow you to add, delete, or change records in your Data Source?

Q. Which of the following tag is used to draw graphics on the fly in Javascript?

Q. Which event occurs when the value of an element has been changed?

Q. What is the output of below Javascript code?


Q. What if you use parseInt() to convert a string containing decimal value?

Q. Which of the following is not a built-in String method in Javascript?

Q. Find the output of below code

Q. What is the output of Math.ceil(0) in Javascript?


Q. Math.ceil() and Math.floor() are methods which are used with number. How Javascript behaves when any character is passed instead of numbers? like 

Q. Can we create empty array in Javascript? Find the output of below code


Q. Example of arrays in Javascript. Find output of below code

Q. Is it mandatory to put all three conditions in for loop? find the output of below Javascript code


Q. Can we put ; after for loop in Javascript? find the output of below code


Q. Find the output of below for loop in Javascript

Q. Find the output of below Javascript

Q. What if we put ++ operator inside if condition?  find the output of below code

Q. What if we put ; after if? does it really affect? Find the output of below Javascript


Q. What is the output of below Javascript code if user keeps the default value of prompt box?


Q. Find output of below Javascript code


Q. Find output of below Javascript addition code

Q. Find output of below Javascript code

Q. How ++ works in Javascript? Find output of below Javascript code.


Q. What is default value of any variable in Javascript?

Q. What is divide by 0 in Javascript?

Q. Find output of below code

Q. What is the output of following Javascript?

Q. Which one is standard way to show popup in Java Script?

Q. what is the output of below program?

Q. what is the output of below program?

Q. Which of the following operators has highest precedence?

Q. what is the output of below program?

Q. what is the output of below program?

Q. what is the output of below program?

Q. what is the output of below program?

Q. what is the output of below program?

Q. what is the output of below program?

Q. what is the output of below program?

Q. what is the output of below program?

Q. what is the output of below program?

Q. what is the output of below program?

Q. find the output of below code 

Q. 

Q. what is the output of below program?

Q. Which method is used to check the validation of a email address?

Q. what is the output of below program?

Q. what is the output of below program?

Q. what is the output of below program?

Q. what is the output of below program?

Q. what is the output of below program?

Q. what is the output of below program?

Q. what is the output of below program?

Q. what is the output of below program?

Q. <?php
$a = 0;

if($a = -1)
{
   echo "Sun";   
}
else
{
   echo "Moon";
}
?>

Q. what is the output of below program?

Q. what is the output of below program?

Q. what is the output of below program?

Q. what is the output of below program?

Q. what is the output of below program?

Q. what is the output of below program?

Q. what is the output of below program?

Q. what is the output of below program?

Q. Find incorrect way of declaring variables:

Q. Find correct way of declaring variables:

Q. How many types of loops are supported in PHP?

Q. Is it possible to insert HTML code in PHP code?

Q. Which one the following comment is invalid in PHP?

Q. In PHP all variables must begin with a dollar sign character?

Q. Correct syntax to print "Hello" in PHP

Q. Find the output of below Java program:

Q. what is the output of below java program?

Q. In Java every data type requires some bytes of memory, How many bytes void data type requires?



Q. Java supports both Primitive & Non-Primitive(User Defined) datatypes. Which one of the following is not a primitive datatype?

Q. what is the output of below java program?

Q. Which key combination is used to see all the hidden files in Nautilus file manager?

Q. Which of the following is not a valid login shell in Linux?

Q. Which command is used to record session in Linux?

Q. Which command is used to change password of your Linux system?

Q. Which of the following command is used to know last shutdown/reboot date and time?

Q. Which of the following command(s) is/are used to reboot a Linux system?

Q. In _______ state of a process, the process will be terminated and the information will still be available in the process table.

Q. Priority of the process can be changed using which of the following command ?

Q. Which of the following statement is true ?

Q. Which of the following command kill all the process including shell ?

Q. On success fork return ______ to parent process ?

Q. What is the range of nice number in linux system ? 

Q. Which of the following command keep a process running even after you logout from your shell?

Q. Maximum number of processes exist in Linux system? 

Q. What is context switch ?

Q. Which of the following command return the exit status of last command?

Q. Which command is used to print the login shell of an user? 

Q. What is the purpose of id command?

Q. Which command is used to execute the last command you have executed ?

Q. Which of the following command is used to see the content of tar(backup.tar) file without extracting it?

Q. Which command is used to show process hierarchy in tree format?

Q. Suppose I have made some changes in my Php.ini file and I want to restart my Apache server, which of following command should I use?

Q. What is the process id of init process?

Q. In Linux which of following command do you use to know the purpose of a command?

Q. what is the purpose of -i in rm -i command? 

Q. Suppose currently I am in /home/shyam/Downloads/abc. After executing cd ../.., where am I now?

Q. Which of the following is relative path to /home/sandeep directory?

Q. Suppose I am in /etc directory and I want to go to my home directory which command should I use?

Q. Total no of run levels in a Linux system?

Q. If a class(has one virtual function) has 5 Objects then how many Vtable it  will have?


Q. Which data structure is used by Map?

Q. From which STL we can insert/remove data from anywhere?

Q. What is Singleton class?

Q. Which one is more faster?
A - #include <iostream.h>
B - #include "iostream.h"

Q. What is Self Referencial Structure?

Q. What is output of below program?

Q. Can a for loop contain another for loop?

Q. Can a Structure contain pointer to itself?

Q. What is size of void in bytes?

Q. Can any function call itself?

Q. What should be the output of below program?

Q. What should be the output?

Q. What should be the output of below program?

Q. What is size of void in C++?

Q. C++ is superset of which langauge?

Q. Find the output of below program.

Q. Find the output of below program.

Q. Find the output of below program.

Q. Find the output of below program?

Q. When Virtual Table is created?

Q. How many object can be created of a Class in C++?

Q. What is abstract class?

Q. What is the size of empty class?

Q. When can we have two classes with same name?

Q. Exceptions are Caught at ?

Q. Which of the following is Memory Leak detection tool?

Q. How to stop Name Mangling in C++?

Q. Is there any difference in below two statements?

Q. What is VTable?

Q. How many Access specifier are there in C++?

Q. What should be output of below program
if use enter a = 5?


Q. Find the output of below program.

Q. What should be printed on screen?


Q. Find the output of below program.

Q. How many times 'a community of learners' should be printed?

Q. Find output of below program.

Q. How many times mcqbuddy.com is printed here?

Q. Find the output of below program.


Q. Which Exception is thrown when new fails to allocate memory?

Q. Which exception is thrown when dynamic_cast fails?

Q. Which is the Parent class for all exceptions?

Q. What is the extension of the executable file produced
after compiling C/C++ code using g++ on Linux?

Q. Which part of memory is used for the allocation of local variables declared inside any function.

Q. Car contains Engine. Which type of relationship is it?

Q. Are both of the preprocessor directives solving same purpose?

Q. What is the latest version of C++?

Q. Which of the following is Right Shift operator?

Q. Which of the following is the least safe type casting in C++?

Q. Which keyword is used to write Assembly code within a C++ program?

Q. What is the output of below program?

Q. C++ 17 is also known as ___

Q. Which version of C++ introduced keyword - constexpr?

Q. How many loops are there in C++ 98?

Q. What is the output of below program?

Q. What is following operator called?
?:

Q. What is size of int data type in cpp?

Q. Which operator can not be overloaded?

Q. Which operator has more precedence  in below list?

Q. What should be the output of below program?

Q. Can we typecast void * into int *?

Q. What is currect syntax of for loop?

Q. What is the output of below program?

Q. Can we overload functions in C++?

Q. How many times mcqbuddy.com is printed?

Q. What is output of below program?

Q. How to access and edit data in data file handling using structures

Q. Which operator has highest precedence in * / % ?

Q. Which operator has highest precedence?

Q. What is the value of a in below program?

Q. What is the output of below program?

Q. What is the output of below program?

Q. Which type of files can't be opened using fopen()?

Q. Which of the following statements about stdout and stderr are true?

Q. For binary files, a ___ must be appended to the mode string.

Q. FILE reserved word is?

Q. fseek() should be preferred over rewind() mainly because

Q. FILE is of type ______

Q. The first and second arguments of fopen() are

Q. Which of the following mode argument is used to truncate?

Q. Which of the following true about FILE *fp

Q. What is the correct syntax of enum?

Q. Arithmetic operations are not allowed on enumerated constants.

Q. Pick the incorrect statement with respect to enums.

Q. String handling functions such as strcmp(), strcpy() etc can be used with enumerated types.

Q. All enum constants are?

Q. If we do not explicitly assign values to enum names, the compiler by default assigns values to ?

Q. Enumeration (or enum) is a ______ data type in C?

Q. size of union is size of the longest element in the union

Q. Which of the following statement is True?

Q. It is not possible to create an array of pointer to structures.

Q. Members of a union are accessed as________________.

Q. The size of the following union, where an int occupies 4 bytes of memory is

Q. Union differs from structure in the following way

Q. What is the correct syntax to declare a function foo() which receives an array of structure in function?

Q. Which of the following cannot be a structure member?

Q. Which operator connects the structure name to its member name?

Q. Which of the following are themselves a collection of different data types?

Q. Which of the following is true about recursion?

Q. What will be output for the following code?

Q. What will be output for the following code?

Q. The data structure used to implement recursive function calls _____________.

Q. Which of the following is not an example of recursion?

Q. A function fun is called __________ if it calls the same function fun.

Q. The process in which a function calls itself directly or indirectly is called?

Q. Which of the following function is more appropriate for reading in a multi-word string?

Q. A string that is a formal parameter can be declared

Q. The parameter passing mechanism for an array is

Q. The information about an array used in program will be stored in

Q. Size of the array need not be specified, when

Q. Array is an example of _______ type memory allocation.

Q. Array can be considered as set of elements stored in consecutive memory locations but having __________.

Q. What will be the address of the arr[2][3] if arr is a 2-D long array of 4 rows and 5 columns and starting address of the array is 2000?

Q. A one dimensional array A has indices 1....75. Each element is a string and takes up three memory words. The array is stored at location 1120 decimal. The starting address of A[49] is

Q. What is the maximum number of dimensions an array in C may have?

Q. What will be output for the following code?

Q. What will be output for the following code?

Q. What will be output for the following code?

Q. What will be output for the following code?

Q. What is the index of the last argument in command line arguments?

Q. What type of array is generally generated in Command-line argument?

Q. In linux, argv[0] by command-line argument can be occupied by _________

Q. argv[] is a?

Q. argc refers to the?

Q. The command line arguments are handled using?

Q. What is the output of this program?

Q. What is the output of this program?

Q. What is the output of this program?

Q. What is the output of this program?

Q. What is the output of this program?

Q. What is the output of this program?

Q. How many keywords are there in c ?

Q. All the functions available in this library take double as an argument and return double as the result.

Q. The C library function double fmod(double x, double y) returns the remainder of x divided by y. 

Q. HUGE_VAL macro is used when the output of the function may not be ___________

Q. A function is declared as sqrt(-x) under the header file math.h, what will the function return?

Q. The cos function computes the cosine of x.

Q. Which of the following is true about pow?

Q. Which of the following returns the square root of given number?

Q. Which of the following is correct mathematical operations in C Programming?

Q. C Programming allows us to perform mathematical operations through the functions defined in ______________ header file. 

Q. how many storage classes in c?

Q. An identifier's storage class determines

Q. Which of the following statement are correct? 
(I) The maximum value a variable can hold depends upon its storage class.
(II) By default all variables enjoy a static storage class.

Q. What will be output for the folowing code?

Q. What is the initial value of extern storage class specifier?

Q. What is the scope of static class specifier?

Q. What is the scope of extern class specifier?

Q. what is the initial value of register storage class specifier?

Q. which of the following is not a storage class specifier?

Q. How will you free the memory allocated by the following program?

Q. What is the Error of this program?

Q. Which statement is true about the given code ?

Q. What is the output of this program?

Q. What is the output of this program?

Q. What is the output of this program?

Q. What is the output of this program?

Q. What is the output of this program?

Q. What is the output of this program?

Q. What is the output of this program?

Q. In Implicit type conversion, If an operand of type long double is present in the expression, then the corresponding operand will also be converted to?

Q. In Implicit type conversion, If an operand of long int is present then the other operand will be converted to ?

Q. What will be output for the following code?

Q. What will be output for the following code?

Q. The following code is an example of?

Q. Which conversion also called Automatic Type Conversion?

Q. How many type of conversion are there in c?

Q. malloc() allocates memory from the heap and not from the stack.

Q. malloc() returns a float pointer if memory is allocated for storing float's and a double pointer if memory is allocated for storing double's. A.

Q. Specify the 2 library functions to dynamically allocate memory?

Q. Which of the following statement is correct prototype of the malloc() function in c ?

Q. Which languages necessarily need heap allocation in the run time environment?

Q. Among 4 header files, which should be included to use the memory allocation functions like malloc(), calloc(), realloc() and free()?

Q. Which function is used to delete the allocated memory space?

Q. What is the return type of malloc() or calloc()?

Q. Which of the following option is the correct representation of the following C statement?

Q. Which of the following has same Precedence?
A. ++
B. ->
C. !

Q. What will be output for the following code?

Q. What will be output for the following code?

Q. What will be output for the following code?

Q. Which of the following is a ternary operator?

Q. Which of the following operator has lowest Precedence?

Q. Which of the following operator has highest Precedence?

Q. Which of the following is correct Associativity for == operator?

Q. In expression i = g() + f(), first function called depends on __________

Q. How can you write a[i][j][k][l] in equivalent pointer expression?

Q. The reason for using pointers in a C program is

Q. A pointer is

Q. In C, what is the meaning of following function prototype with empty parameter list

Q. Forward declaration is absolutely necessary

Q. Functions can return structure in c?

Q. Pick the correct statements.
I. The body of a function should have only one return statement
II. The body of a function may have many return statements.
III. function can return only one value to the calling environment.
IV. If return statement is omitted, then the function does its job but returns no value to the calling environment.

Q. What is the default return type if it is not specified in function definition?

Q. mktime() function interprets tm structure as calendar time.

Q. Which of the following format specifiers is used to specify whether the given time is in AM or PM?

Q. The purpose of the function ctime() is that ___________

Q. Which of the following format specifiers is used to represent the name of the time zone?

Q. asctime() structure contents are interpreted by this function as calendar time.

Q. Which of the following library functions returns the time in UTC (Greenwich mean time) format?

Q. The time() function is defined in __________ header file. 

Q. What is true about strftime function?

Q. Which function used to modify the system date?

Q. ____________ in C are used to interact with system time routine and formatted time outputs are displayed

Q. c = (n) ? a : b; can be rewritten asexp1 ? exp2 : exp3;

Q. do-while loop terminates when conditional expression returns?

Q. A labeled statement consist of an identifier followed by

Q. Which loop is guaranteed to execute at least one time.

Q. Switch statement accepts.

Q. Which of the following is an invalid if-else statement?

Q. goto can be used to jump from main to within a function?


Q. The continue statment cannot be used with

Q. In the following loop construct, which one is executed only once always.    for(exp1; exp2; exp3)

Q. #define can be used to define alias for values as well

Q. What will be the output of the following C code?

Q. What will be the output of the following C code?

Q. typedef int (*PFI)(char *, char *)creates ___________

Q. Which option should be selected to work the following C expression?

Q. What will be output for the following code?

Q.  __________ statements are processed by the pre-processor.

Q. ___________ is a C-directive which is also used to define the aliases for various data types.

Q. can we use typedef to give a name to your user defined data types as well?

Q. The C programming language provides a keyword called _________, which you can use to give a type a new name.

Q. Comment on the given statment:

Q. What is the output of this program?

Q. Which statement is true about the given code ?

Q. What is the output of this program?

Q. Output of this statement is :

Q. What is the output of this program?

Q. What is the output of this program? if input a is 1 and b is 2

Q. What is the output of this program?

Q. What is the output of this program?

Q. What will be printed in the console on execution of the following JS code:

Q. What will be printed in the console on execution of the following JS code:

Q. What will be printed in the console on execution of the below JavaScript code?

Q. what will be the output of below JavaScript code?

Q. Inside which HTML element do we put the JavaScript?

Q. Which of the following is correct about features of JavaScript? 

Q. Choose the correct JavaScript syntax to change the content of the following HTML code.

Q. which of the following are advantages of JavaScript?

Q. Which of the following true about Javascript?

Q. Microsoft has developed a popular HTML editor called?

Q. ________________serializes only the enumerable own properties of an object.

Q. Object ......... is the process of converting an objects state to a string from which it can later be restored.

Q. If para1 is the DOM object for a paragraph, what is the correct syntax to change the text within the paragraph?

Q. what will be the output of below code? 

Q. A programming language can be called object-oriented if it provides ________ basic capabilities to developers

Q. The capability to store one object inside another object known as?

Q. The syntax for adding a property to an object is?

Q. The ________ operator is used to create an instance of an object.

Q. What convenience does the following JavaScript code snippet provide?

Q. What does the following JavaScript code snippet do?

Q. What is the code to be used to trim whitespaces?

Q. Which of the following is the descendant operator?

Q. What is the code required to delete all weight tags?

Q. What will be the output of the following JavaScript code?

Q. What will be the output of the following JavaScript code?

Q. What will be the output of the following JavaScript code?

Q. A __________ will be visible only within a function where it is defined.

Q. Which of the following statement is true about BitWise OR?

Q. Which operator checks if the value of the left operand is greater than the value of the right operand?

Q. which operator outputs the remainder of an integer division?

Q. State whether the following statements are True or False for strict equality operator(= = =).
i) If the two values have different types they are equal.
ii) If both values are null or both values are undefined, they are equal.

Q. What will be the output if we compare "ten" and 10 with less then comparison operator("ten"<10)?

Q. If var A={B:3, C:5}, how to use the delete operator to delete one of the properties of an object.

Q. which operator evaluates its operands, then discards the value and returns undefined?

Q. If the operator value is null, then the unary operator returns the typeof _________.

Q. When using comparative operators,if after object to primitive conversion, at least one operand is not a string, both operands are converted to?

Q. Which operator will return false if two value are equal?

Q. Which operator is known as the strict equality operator, which checks whether its two operators are identical or not?

Q. Which operator is known as the equality operator, which checks whether its two operators are "equal"?

Q. The HTML DOM is a standard object model and programming interface for HTML.

Q. _________ standard model for all document types.

Q. The W3C DOM standard is separated into _____ different parts

Q. The DOM is a ____________ standard.

Q. How are the objects organized in the HTML DOM?

Q. Which object is the top of the hierarchy?

Q. What is the purpose of the NamedNodeMap object?

Q. What is the purpose of the Legacy DOM?

Q. What is the full form DOM?

Q. Which of the following statements is/are TRUE about DOM?

Q. Consider the below code:
Identify the correct code in order to fetch the value entered in username text field?

Q. Consider the below code:
Identify the correct code in order to fetch the value entered in username text field?

Q. What among the following is an appropriate when an event occurs when the user clicks on an element?

Q. What among the following is an appropriate event handler for input text among the below options ?

Q. What will be the output of the following JavaScript code?

Q. What will be the output of the following JavaScript code?

Q. What will be the output of the following JavaScript code?

Q. What will be the output of the following JavaScript code?

Q. What will be the output of the following JavaScript code?

Q. What would be the result of the following statement in JavaScript using regular expression methods?

Q. The regular expression to match any one character not between the brackets is __________

Q. Consider the following JavaScript statement containing regular expressions and check if the pattern matches?

Q. Which of the following string will match the RegEx "((d).(dd))$"?

Q. Which among the following regular expression specifies that password should contain at least one capital letter or one digit.

Q. The Function() constructor expects ______ number of string arguments

Q. Which statement required if you want to return a value from a function?

Q. The most common way to define a function in JavaScript is by using the ____________ keyword.

Q. A _________ is a group of reusable code which can be called anywhere in your program.

Q. What is the output for code A and B?

Q. Variable declared is example of ___________ Variable.

Q. When you invoke the........ method on a function f and pass an object o, the method returns a new function.

Q. ........ functions need not allow invocations with zero arguments.

Q. Functions are invoked as functions or as methods with an __________.

Q. what will be the output of the below code?

Q. What will be the output of the below code?

Q. What will be the output of the below code?

Q. Consider the JavaScript code:
Choose the correct code to be inserted at line 4 in order to invoke the function.

Q. Consider the JavaScript code:
Identify the value that will be displayed in alert box at line 5?

Q. 123test is an valid variable name?

Q. byte is reserved word in Javascript?

Q. Which of the following are javaScript reserved words?

Q. Which of the following true about JavaScript variable?

Q. A ___________ has global scope which means it can be defined anywhere in your JavaScript code.

Q. JavaScript is untyped language.

Q. Storing a value in a variable is called ?

Q. Variables are declared with the _______ keyword.

Q. JavaScript also defines _______ trivial data types.

Q.  JavaScript allows you to work with __________ primitive data types.

Q. Some browsers do not allow spaces behind the  character.

Q. _________ cannot accept negative indexes.

Q. JavaScript counts positions from?

Q. _______ extracts a part of a string and returns the extracted part in a new string.

Q. Comparing two JavaScript objects always returns?

Q. The _________ keyword complicates the code and slows down execution speed

Q. code is used for?

Q. The ________ escape character turns special characters into string characters

Q. To find the length of a string, use the built-in _______ property.

Q. JavaScript strings are for ________ text.

Q. What will be the output of the following JavaScript code?

Q. What will be the output of the following JavaScript code?

Q. What will the following JavaScript code snippet do? If not, what will be the error?

Q. Which of the following is a syntactically correct for loop?

Q. The statement is an example of:

Q. What will be the output of the below code ?

Q. What will be the output of the below code ?

Q. What will be the output of the below code ?

Q. Which of the following is a JavaScript data type?

Q. arrays always use numbered indexes.

Q. Array elements can be deleted using the JavaScript operator?

Q. The _______ method also joins all array elements into a string.

Q. The easiest way to add a new element to an array is using the _________ method

Q. What is true about Arrays?

Q. The ________ operator in JavaScript returns "object" for arrays.

Q. Array indexes start with ______.

Q. Spaces and line breaks are not important.

Q. It is a common practice to declare arrays with the _________ keyword.

Q.  An _______ is a special variable, which can hold more than one value

Q. When will the browser invoke the handler?

Q. Each tab in the single web browser window is called as ____________

Q. How are windows, tabs, iframes, and frames treated according to client-side javascript?

Q. The inner frame within a top-level window can be referred to as _____________

Q.  What will be the output of the following JavaScript code?

Q. What will be the output of the following JavaScript code?

Q. What will be the output of the following JavaScript code?

Q. What will be the output of the following JavaScript code?

Q. What will be the output of the following JavaScript code?

Q.  What is the code snippet to go back to a history thrice?

Q. Which of the following is the correct syntax for referring to an external script called "xxx.js"? 

Q. the correct place to insert a JavaScript is ? 

Q. In which element we put javascript? 

Q. Which of the following methods can be used to display data in some form using Javascript?

Q. Upon encountering empty statements, what does the Javascript Interpreter do?

Q. Which of the following methods is used to access HTML elements using Javascript?


Q. Which of the following keywords is used to define a variable in Javascript?


Q. What is the output of C program with structure array pointers?

Q. What is the output of C program with structure arrays?

Q. Output of the following program

Q. What is the output of C program with structures pointers?

Q. What is the output of C program?

Q. What is the output of C program with structures?

Q. What is the output of C program with structures?

Q. What are the uses of C Structures?

Q. A C Structure or User defined data type is also called

Q. Choose a correct statement about C structure elements

Q. What is the output of C program with structures?

Q. What is the output of C program with structures?

Q. What is the output of C program?

Q. Choose a correct statement about C structure

Q. Choose a correct statement about C structures.

Q. What is the output of C program?

Q. What is the output of C program with structures?

Q. What is the size of a C structure?

Q. What is a structure in C language?

Q. What is the output of C program with strings?

Q. What is actually passed to PRINTF or SCANF functions?

Q. What is the output of C program with array of pointers to strings?

Q. What is the output of C program with String arrays?

Q. What is the output of C program with array of pointers to strings.?

Q. What is the output of C program?

Q.  What is the output of C program?

Q. What is the output of C program?

Q. Choose a correct C statement about String functions?

Q. Choose a correct C statement about String functions?

Q. Choose a correct C statement about String functions

Q. What is the output of C program with strings?

Q. What is the output of C program with strings?

Q. What is the output of C program with strings?

Q. What is the output of C program with strings?

Q. What is the output of C program with strings?

Q. A C string elements are always stored in

Q. Choose a correct statement about C String.

Q. A character constant is enclosed by

Q. What is the ASCII value of NULL or \0?

Q. What is the output of C Program with String Arrays?

Q. What is the output of C Program with String arrays?

Q. What is the output of C Program with String Pointers?

Q. What is the output of C Program with String Pointer?

Q. What is the output of C Program with strings?

Q. What is the output of C program with strings?

Q. What is the output of C Program with arrays?

Q. What is the output of C program with strings?

Q. What is the output of C Program with arrays?

Q. What is the output of C Program?

Q. How do you convert this char array to string?

Q. What is the output of C Program with Strings.?

Q. What is the output of C Program with Strings?

Q. What is the output of C Program with Strings?

Q. Choose a correct statement about C String.

Q. Choose a correct statement about FGETS in C program

Q. If a FILE pointer is NULL what does it mean?

Q. What is the need for closing a file in C language?

Q. Choose a correct statement about C file operation program?

Q. Where is a file temporarily stored before read or write operation in C language?

Q. What is a C FILE data type?

Q. What is the keyword used to declare a C file pointer?

Q. What is the need for a File when you can store anything in memory?

Q. Choose a correct statement about C Bitwise operators?

Q. What number system is not understood by C language compiler directly?

Q. What is the minimum and maximum values in Octal Number System?

Q. Right Shift operation >> is equivalent to ?

Q. Left Shift operation is equivalent to?

Q. Which is the format specifier used to prefix 0x and print a number in hexadecimal notation?

Q. Which is Bit Toggling operator below.?

Q. What is the Bitwise operator used set a particular bit to Zero 0?

Q. What is the Bitwise operator used to set a particular bit value to 1?

Q. What is a Single Operand Operator below?

Q. Choose a correct statement about Right Shift Operator >> ?

Q. Choose correct statement about Left Shift Operator << ?

Q. What is the result of Right Shift Operator >> on (00110000>>2)?

Q. What is the output of Left Shift Operator << on (00011000<<2).?

Q. What is the output of Exclusive OR ^ operator on 0110^1000.?

Q. What is the output of Bitwise OR operation | on (0110 | 1100).?

Q. What is the result of 0110 & 1100.?

Q. What is the operator used to make 1's One's compliment.?

Q. What are Nibble, Word and Byte in computer language.?

Q. If inner catch handler is not able to handle the exception then__________.

Q. Return type of uncaught_exception () is ________________.

Q. Which of the following best defines the syntax for template function?

Q. Default values for a function are specified when ____.

Q. Which of the following are member dereferencing operators in CPP? 
1.* 
2. :: 
3. ->* 
4. ::* 
5. ->

Q. What is the built in library function to compare two strings?

Q. Which type of data file is analogous to an audio cassette tape?

Q. Class function which is called automatically as soon as the object is created is called as __

Q. Which operator is required to be overloaded as member function only?

Q. Choose the operator which cannot be overloaded.

Q. When a language has the capability to produce new data type mean, it can be called as …...

Q. The value 132.54 can be represented using which data type?

Q. Which of the following statements are true? int f (float)

Q. Identify the user-defined types from the following?

Q. Which type is best suited to represent the logical values?

Q. What does an escape code represent?

Q. Which data type is used to represent the absence of parameters?

Q. Pick the odd one out

Q. Which of the following is incorrect in C++?
(1)When we write overloaded function we must code the function for each usage.
(2)When we write function template we code the function only once.
(3)It is difficult to debug macros
(4)Templates are more efficient than macros

Q. Which of the following is true about templates?
1) Template is a feature of C++ that allows us to write one code for different data types.
2) We can write one function that can be used for all data types including user defined types. Like sort(), max(), min(), ..etc.
3) We can write one class or struct that can be used for all data types including user defined types. Like Linked List, Stack, Queue,..etc.
4) Template is an example of compile time polymorphism.

Q. Which of the following is not a correct statement?

Q. When one object reference variable is assigned to another object reference variable then

Q. It is possible to define a class within a class termed as nested class. There are _____ types of nested classes.

Q. When a method in a subclass has the same name and type signature as a method in the superclass, then the method in the subclass _____ the method in the superclass.

Q. Which of the following, in C++, is inherited in a derived class from base class?

Q. Which of the following cannot be passed to a function in C++?

Q. Which of the following is not correct for virtual function in C++?

Q. A member function can always access the data in __________, (in C++).

Q. Which of the following is true?

Q. Output of following C++ program?

Q. Predict the output of following C++ program.

Q. Output of following C++ program?

Q. Which of the following functions must use reference?

Q. Which of the following is FALSE about references in C++?

Q. Which operator is having the highest precedence?

Q. Output of following program?

Q. Which of the following is true about constructors?
1) They cannot be virtual.
2) They cannot be private.
3) They are automatically called by new operator.

Q. Implicit return type of a class constructor is:

Q. Constructors have _____ return type.

Q. When a copy constructor may be called?

Q. Which of the followings is/are automatically added to every class, if we do not write our own?

Q. What is the size of wchar_t in C++?

Q. Which of the following is true about pure virtual functions?
1) Their implementation is not provided in a class where they are declared.
2) If a class has a pure virtual function, then the class becomes abstract
class and an instance of this class cannot be created.

Q. When the inheritance is private, the private methods in base class are__________ in the derived class (in C++).

Q. Predict the output?

Q. Which of the following is true about new when compared with malloc:
1) new is an operator, malloc is a function
2) new calls constructor, malloc doesn’t
3) new returns appropriate pointer, malloc returns void * and pointer needs to typecast to appropriate type.

Q. 

Q. In C++, const qualifier can be applied to
1) Member functions of a class
2) Function arguments
3) To a class data member which is declared as static
4) Reference variables

Q. Which one of the following is correct, when a class grants friend status to another class?

Q. If a function is friend of a class, which one of the following is wrong?

Q. Which of the following is true?

Q. Output of following program?

Q. Output of the program?

Q. Output of the program?

Q. Which of the following in Object Oriented Programming is supported by Function overloading and default arguments features of C++?

Q. What is the use of this pointer?

Q. Which of the following is true about this pointer?

Q. Which of the following operator functions cannot be global?

Q. How C++ compiler does differ between overloaded postfix and prefix operators?

Q. Which of the following operators should be preferred to overload as a global function rather than a member method?

Q. How can we restrict dynamic allocation of objects of a class using new?

Q. Which of the following is not a member of class?

Q. Which among the following is a mandatory condition for downcasting?

Q. Which container provides random access iterators?

Q. When are the pointer types known for upcasting the objects?

Q. If multiple inheritance is implemented, which upcasting will be correct?

Q. Which property is shown most when upcasting is used?

Q. Which is the pointer which denotes the object calling the member function?

Q. Which among the following is/are type(s) of this pointer?

Q. String class have a concat() function that is used to

Q. Which function is used to position back from the end of file object?

Q. At which time does the static_cast can be applied?

Q. Which operators is part of RTTI?

Q. What does the sequence adaptor provide?

Q. What do container adapter provide to interface?

Q. In which type of storage location are the vector members stored?

Q. How can the member functions in the container be accessed?

Q. Which interface in the container is required for storage management?

Q. What operation can be performed by destructor?

Q. Which operations don’t throw anything?

Q. What kind of error can arise when there is a problem with memory?

Q. Variable that are listed in function's calls are called

Q. When an ADT is implemented as a C++ class, which of the following should normally be true?

Q. For automatic objects, constructors and destructors are called each time the objects

Q. While overloading binary operators using member function, it requires___argument/s.

Q. Where the default value of parameter have to be specified?

Q. Which of the following step establishes a connection with a database?

Q. Which of the following is correct about JDBC?

Q. Which of the following type of JDBC driver should be used if your Java application is accessing multiple types of databases at the same time?

Q. Which of the following manages a list of database drivers in JDBC?

Q. What is JDBC?

Q. Which of the following type of JDBC driver, uses database native protocol?

Q. Which of the following is not a valid type of ResultSet?

Q. Which of the following holds data retrieved from a database after you execute an SQL query using Statement objects?

Q. Which of the following type of JDBC driver, is also called Type 1 JDBC driver?

Q. Which of the following type of JDBC driver, is also called Type 2 JDBC driver?

Q. Which of these class is used to encapsulate IP address and DNS?

Q. Which of these is a protocol for breaking and sending packets to an address across a network?

Q. Which of the following protocols is/are for splitting and sending packets to an address across a network?

Q. To create an InputStream on a socket, say s, which of the following statement is necessary?

Q. In the socket programming, for an IP address, which can be used to find the host name and IP address of a client/ server?

Q. To connect to a server running on the same machine with the client, which of the following cannotbe used for the hostname?

Q. The client requests a connection to a server using which of the following statement?

Q. The server listens for a connection request from a client using which of the following statement?

Q. Which of the following method call is valid to obtain the server's hostname by invoking an applet?

Q. Which of the following statement is NOT true?

Q. Which of the following protocol follows connection less service?

Q. In the following URL, identify the protocol identifier?
https://gtu.ac.in:8080/course.php

Q. Which of these package contains classes and interfaces for networking?

Q. What is the string contained in s after following lines of code?


Q.  State True (T) or False (F).
1.Public data members can be accessed directly in the main function without an object.
2. Constructors can be overloaded.

Q.  In c++ ___________ Operator is used for Dynamic memory allocation

Q.  In C++ a class can allow non-member functions and other classes to access its own private data, by making them as _________

Q.  Automatic Initialization of object is carried out using a special member function called _________

Q.  Procedure oriented Programs are called as

Q.  When an object has many forms, it has ________

Q.  All objects have

Q.  Creating a new class using one or more existing classes is known as _______

Q. In OOPS unit of data is called as ________

Q. Ability of an operator or function call to take different forms is known as _______

Q.  An object in C++ is ________

Q. RunTime Polymorphism in c++ is achieved by _______

Q. Where does keyword ‘friend’ should be placed?

Q. Pick the correct statement.

Q. Which of the following is correct about friend functions?

Q. Which keyword is used to represent a friend function?

Q. What will be output for the following code?

Q. What will be output for the followiing code?

Q. A friend function can be

Q. A friend class can access ____________________ members of other class in which it is declared as friend.

Q.  Exception handler are declared with _______ keywords:

Q.  Static variable declared in a class are also called:

Q.  Static variable in a class is initialized when:

Q.  C++ contains  _________ numbers of keywords:

Q.  Standard input-output stream is in c++:

Q. C++ programming language follow______ programming approach:

Q.  Reusability of code can be achieved in CPP through:

Q. The default value of the static variable is:

Q. Which is the correct statement about pure virtual functions?

Q. Which is the correct syntax of defining a pure virtual function?

Q. We cannot make an instance of an abstract base class

Q. Which class is used to design the base class?

Q. Where does the abstract class is used?

Q. Which of the following is true?

Q. Classes that can be used to instantiate objects are called?

Q. A pure virtual function is specified by placing?

Q. A class is made abstract by declaring at least one of its functions as?

Q.  Which of the statements is true in a protected derivation of a derived class from a base class?

Q. Which of the following statements is NOT valid about operator overloading?

Q.  Mechanism of deriving a class from another derived class is known as_______

Q.  The major goal of inheritance in c++ is

Q.  A class defined within another class in c++ is called

Q.  A class is a collection of ________ and _________

Q.  In Object-oriented programming, the problem is divided into _______

Q. 

Q.  The Runtime polymorphism is done using:

Q.  Default access specifier for c++ class is:

Q.  C++ programming used comment which is:

Q.  Classes which is used in CPP are:

Q. Which one is the correct identifier in c++

Q.  The c++ contains header file which is:

Q.  First edition of the C++ programming language was released in:

Q.  Which of the following tag helps to work with images in html?

Q.  Which of the following helps to add horizontal line in html?

Q.  In html, links are also called

Q. Space can be given on both the sides of image using

Q.  The latest html standard is

Q.  Main container for tr, td and th is

Q.  Web page starts with following html tag?

Q.  Markup tags tell the web browser

Q.  Which of the following are the attribute of form tag?

Q.  From which tag (enclosed in angle brackets) descriptive list starts

Q.  Which of the following tag enclosed in angle brackets is used to mark starting of a paragraph 

Q. The common elements which describes the web page is:

Q. What is the default extension of html?

Q.  Which of the following is valid color code?

Q.  Which of the following is invalid tag in html?

Q.  This is used with html to add design to the webpage?

Q. The below syntax in html is used for adding:

Q.  This tag is used to insert line break in html

Q.  This tag is used to make certain text in html underlined

Q.  This attribute in html tells the browser that if it can't find the image, then just display text assigned to it. 

Q.  Anchor text is displayed in which color by default?

Q.  How many types of lists are there in html?

Q.  Which among the option is odd tag in respect to html?

Q. How many heading tags are there?

Q. Which one is the largest heading tag?

Q.  The first page of a website is known as

Q.  Lists in html can be nested?

Q.  head tag in html is used for

Q.  Which command is used to identify file type in linux?

Q.  Which command creates an empty file if file does not exist?

Q.  Which command is used to perform backup in linux?

Q.  Which command is used to display disk consumption of a specific directory?

Q.  Which command allows you to suspends the calling process for a specified time?

Q.  Which command is used to show real time view of the running processes?

Q. Which command is used to display current month calendar?

Q.  Which command is used to display content of file in reverse?

Q.  Which command is used to display last 10 lines of the file?

Q.  Which command is used to display the content of file in linux?

Q. What command is used to print a file in linux?

Q.  What command is used to copy a file in linux?

Q.  Which command is used to move files from one location to another?

Q.  Which command is used to remove files?

Q.  Which command reads from standard input and writes to standard output and files?

Q.  Which command is used to search files by name in database?

Q.  Which command is used to search files by name in file system?

Q.  Which command is used to uncompress gzip files?

Q. Which command is used to sort the lines of data in a file in alphabetical order?

Q. Which of the following command is used to display content of a file in octal format?

Q. which command is used to count the number of characters in a file?

Q.  Which command is used to translate file in linux?

Q. sed command is also known as ________

Q. Which command is used to create empty files?

Q. Which command is used to delete a directory?

Q. Which command is used for changing the current directory in linux?

Q.  Which command is used to list all the files in your current directory in linux?

Q.  Which command is used to display list of files and subdirectories in linux?

Q.  Which command is used to create a directory in linux?

Q.  Which linux command can be used to display the name of the current working directory?

Q. Which command is used to display the octal value of the text?

Q. grep command stands for __________

Q. To extract specific columns from a file, ____ command is used.

Q. Which command is used to display first 10 lines?

Q. Which command is used to add new user in linux system?

Q. Which command is used to create password of your linux system?

Q. Which command is used to display uid or gid?

Q. su command stand for ________ 

Q. Which command is used to display the top of file?

Q. Which command is used to clear the screen or terminal in linux?

Q. Which of the following is not true about Linux?

Q. Bourne again shell of operating system are used by ____________

Q. Linux bash is also known as _________

Q. What are the common features of linux operating system?

Q. Core part of linux operating system is called _________

Q. Which of the following is not a valid lpc command?

Q. What needs to be done after editing the /etc/printcap file?

Q. Which definition in /etc/printcap sets the maximum print job size?

Q. Which definition in /etc/printcap disables print banners?

Q. Which command is used to move a print job to the top of the queue?

Q. Which sequence should be put at the end of a line in the /etc/printcap file, assuming this is not the last line in the printer block?

Q. Which of the following is used to define a filter in the /etc/printcap file?

Q. Which command should be used to restart the lpd daemon?

Q. Which command would be used to print the file mydoc.txt to the printer named hplj?

Q. Which of the following spools print jobs to the print device?

Q. Which command would be used to view the queue for all printers?

Q. Core files are viewed using which of the following?

Q. Which file is used to specify message levels that are displayed using the dmesg command?

Q. In the /etc/syslog.conf file, which character is used to increase the speed of system logging?

Q. Which option on the cron command is used to display entries in the current crontab?

Q. The default location of the system log containing login times for users is:

Q. Which mode of cpio is used to copy files from an archive file?

Q. Which type of backup is used to back up only the files that have changed since the last full backup?

Q. To limit the amount of space core dumps may occupy use:

Q. The proper way to tar files without compressing is:

Q. Where are user crontab files stored?

Q. Which command inserts text into vi at the current cursor location?

Q. Which script is executed when a nonlogin bash shell is started?

Q. Which menuconfig/xconfig menu has the disk configuration options?

Q. Which command creates a source code dependency list when compiling a new kernel?

Q. Which library must be installed to use make xconfig?

Q. Which library must be installed to use make menuconfig?

Q. Which command is used to apply kernel patches?

Q. Which module directory holds the sound drivers?

Q. Which command should be run to create a new boot sector when a new kernel is installed?

Q. The kernel configuration is stored in a file named what?

Q. Which command is used to check the integrity of the kernel source package?

Q. How many patches would be required to update from kernel 2.1.13 to 2.1.21?

Q. Which directive in the module’s configuration file will give the module a new name?

Q. The command modinfo -d sound-driver would display what?

Q. Which kernel is released under the stable branch?

Q. Which command should be run when the module’s configuration file is edited?

Q. Which print filter provides a text-mode menu interface?

Q. Which daemon spools print jobs to remote print servers?

Q. Which command would be used to check the printer connection, without going through the printing system?

Q. When doing a lpc status all, you see the following output. What do you enter to restart printing?
Printer Printing Spooling Jobs Server Subserver
Redirect Status/(Debug)
lp@debian disabled enabled 0 none none

Q. Which command will stop print jobs in the queue from printing?

Q. Which must be created when manually adding a printer?

Q. Which lpc command is used to print a job that is currently on hold?

Q. Where are system startup scripts stored on a Red Hat–based system?

Q. Which command allows users to view their group memberships?

Q. Which type of access is granted to other users for the /etc/shadow file?

Q. Which type of access is granted to all users for the /etc/passwd file?

Q. The default umask used on the system is configured in which file?

Q. Which option with usermod is used to change a user’s default shell?

Q. Which option is used with userdel to remove a user’s home directory as the account is removed?

Q. Which option with the useradd command specifies that the home directory should be created if it doesn’t already exist?

Q. Files located in which file are copied to users’ home directories?

Q.  Which of the following is not stored in the /etc/passwd file?

Q. Which entry in the Xaccess file needs to be modified to enable remote login for XDM?

Q. Which entry in the Xaccess file would block the host norbert from using the chooser?

Q. Which command would you use to quickly log into the system named norbert that is running XDM?

Q. Which key combination returns the user to the X environment from a text console?

Q. Which terminal emulator was designed to work with the Enlightenment window manager?

Q. Which parameter would you use to send the display output of an application to the second screen on the first display of the host named norbert?

Q. Which file would you change to alter the text shown at the XDM login screen?

Q. Which file must be changed to allow remote logins with XDM?

Q. Which tool is used to detect most video hardware?

Q. Which of the following XF86Config directives is required?

Q. Which directive in the XF86Config file disables the Ctrl-Alt-Backspace key combination?

Q. Which utility is used to change the IP address of a network interface?

Q. A Linux machine can provide DHCP configuration information to other hosts when running which application?

Q. Which utility provides contact and name server information about the specified domain?

Q. Which utility allows you to view the domain name of the specified IP address?

Q. Which command is used to upload a file from the local machine to a remote FTP server?

Q. By default, SMTP operates on which port?

Q. Which protocol provides connection-oriented delivery of packets using sessions?

Q. How many available network IDs are provided by 12 binary bits?

Q. Which of the following is an example of a class C network address?

Q. Which variable sets the mail check time to be every 10 minutes?

Q. Which metacharacter matches any single character?

Q. Which command moves five lines of text into a vi buffer named a?

Q. Which scripting clause matches a string to a pattern?

Q. Which test parameter returns true if a string is 0 bytes long?

Q. Which parameter is used to enable an option with set?

Q. Which set option will keep you from accidentally overwriting an existing file with file redirection?

Q. Given the following commands, which directory will the user be taken to, assuming that there is a Jason directory off each one?
debian:~# CDPATH=/documents:/shared:/music
debian:~# cd Jason

Q. To put the date in the prompt, which string would you add?

Q. Which variable tells you the history number of the current command?

Q. f NUMBER is set to 4, what will be the result of the following? echo “‘$NUMBER'”

Q. Which option corrects some spelling mistakes when changing directories?

Q. Which of the following XF86Config configuration tools is easiest to use?

Q. Which section in the XF86Config file configures the mouse?

Q. What needs to be done to change the X server from SVGA to S3?

Q. Which piece of software is different for different video chipsets?

Q. Which tool may cause the system to lock up and stop responding?

Q. What does LILO display when it cannot load the second stage of the boot loader?

Q. Which type of startup uses a few large script files?

Q. Which entry in inittab tells init to wait for the requested process to finish before continuing?

Q. Which process always has the PID of 1?

Q. The lilo.conf entry _________ is used to enable booting from disks with more than 1024 cylinders.

Q. To create a boot disk on the second floppy drive without prompting the user, you would use which command?

Q. Which command would you use in a troubleshooting configuration if the old root volume is mounted under /mnt/root?

Q. Which command would list the runlevel information about the inetd service?

Q. Which line in inittab would you change to change the runlevel that the system boots up to?

Q. Which command will change a Red Hat system to GUI login mode?

Q. Which lilo.conf entry gives a boot image a second name?

Q. Which boot parameter would you use to have a different root file system mounted?

Q. If Linux is the only operating system on your computer, where should you tell LILO to place the boot information?

Q. Which entry in lilo.conf restricts the user from adding boot parameters without a password?

Q. Which type of document contains instructions on performing certain tasks?

Q. Which of the following locations is used to store FAQs on the local system?

Q. Which section of man page documents contains information on administrative commands?

Q. Which section of man page documents contains information on user commands?

Q. Which section of man page documents contains information on standard file formats?

Q. Which tool is used to check the logic of your TCP wrapper rules?

Q. Which service cannot be used with TCP wrappers?

Q. Which would allow users from somedomain.org to access your FTP server?

Q. Which file is displayed to users before they log in to a system via Telnet?

Q. Which mail server has the highest priority?

Q. Which field should be put at the front of the hosts entry in the nsswitch.conf file to have the system check /etc/hosts first?

Q. Which DNS resource record shows the hosts that provide services?

Q. Which DNS resource record is used to reverse map IP addresses to names?

Q. BIND v4 uses the _____ configuration file.

Q. Which smb.conf entry sets the Windows NT domain for Samba?

Q. To make your Web server perform the best, it should be run via inetd.

Q. Which tool is used to see who is logged in to your FTP server?

Q. Which entry in ftpaccess limits the number of failed password attempts?

Q. The account used for anonymous FTP should have which shell?

Q. The inetd.conf file is read every 30 seconds by inetd to look for configuration changes.

Q. Which socket type is used in inetd.conf when the service uses TCP?

Q. Which of the following utilities is used to stop a network interface?

Q. Which of the following is NOT a valid option of the pppd command?

Q. The pppd application must receive its IP address via DHCP.

Q. Chat scripts are used to perform which of the following functions?

Q. Which of the following is a correct entry in the /etc/hosts file?

Q. Which file contains the name servers to be used by the local machine for hostname resolution?

Q. On a Debian system, which file contains the hostname of the local machine?

Q. Which section of man page documents contains information on kernel errors?

Q. Which of the following would search the content of all man pages for the ls command?

Q. Which of the following commands would display the path to the man page for the ls command?

Q. Which of the following commands would display all man page entries for the ls command?

Q. Which of the following would display all man page section numbers with the ls command in their description?

Q. File systems utilizing quotas are configured in which file?

Q. Which command is used to view quota information for a specific user?

Q. Which value is used to represent the sticky bit?

Q. Which command is used to change permissions of a file?

Q. Which umask would create the default file permissions of read, write, and execute permissions for owner and read and execute for all others?

Q. Which of the following represents read, write, and execute permissions for owner and read and execute for all others?

Q. Which of the following results when a soft link is copied?

Q. Which utility is used to update the slocate database?

Q. Which directory contains the mail files?

Q. Which directory contains the root user’s home directory?

Q. Which directory contains the system configuration files?

Q. Which directory contains the system kernel?

Q. Which command is used to rename the ourgroup file to mygroup?

Q. Which of the following commands will create a new file with the name ourgroup?

Q. Which of the following shows the use of an absolute path?

Q. How many primary partitions are allowed on a hard disk?

Q. How many primary and extended partitions are allowed on a hard disk?

Q. True statement about chown command in Linux is

Q. Linux operating system supports

Q. Command to create file in Linux is ______

Q. Which command is used to keep a process running even after logout from shell?

Q. Which command is used to check Linux version? 

Q. What does fork system call return to parent process on success?

Q. User quotas are maintained in which file?

Q. Which runlevel is used for administrative tasks performed locally, disallowing network connections to the system?

Q. Which type of quota limit prevents a user from creating new files?

Q. Which utility is used to view the beginning of a file?

Q. Which command is used to view processes running in the background?

Q. What command is used to create a new archived file using compression?

Q. When booting your system you notice that your sound module failed to load; however, the error message scrolled by too quickly. What command can you use to view the errors?

Q. Which environment variable would be used to specify the location of files that you wish to run without specifying an absolute path?

Q. Which of the following would be used to run a script called mozilla_update as a background process?

Q. Where might you find instructions on installing and configuring a Winmodem on a Linux system?

Q. Which of the following can be used to suspend a process running in the foreground?

Q. What command can be used to locate specific text within a file?

Q. Which command and options are used to delete a user’s account and home directory?

Q. You have recently installed a new disk drive in your Linux system. You wish to store a directory containing many data files used within your company on the new disk drive. Which of the following can be used so the change is invisible to users of the system?

Q. Where are the user shells assigned?

Q. Which of the following directories is used to store system utilities used by the superuser?

Q. Which of the following would change the user’s pwd to their home directory regardless of their current pwd?
A. cd
B. cd ..
C. cd~
D. cd $HOME

Q. The PS1 environment variable is used to define which of the following?

Q. Which command would be used to view a description of the tar utility including the options available for use?

Q. Which command would give the owner and group of myfile the permissions of read and execute while all others have read access?

Q. A new user (Debbie) needs access to the companies Linux system, what must be done so that she can access the system with the userid debbie?
A. useradd debbie
B. group debbie
C. shadow debbie
D. passwd debbie

Q. Which command will immediately shut down a computer running Linux?

Q. What access rights are required for the /etc/shadow file?

Q. The umask of 002 would produce what default file permissions?

Q. Which command is used to edit user quotas?

Q. Which of the following tools are used when creating a new partition for data storage on a Linux system?
A. fdisk
B. format
C. mkfs
D. mount

Q. Maximum number of processes in Linux is

Q. Linux operating system is virus free.

Q. Context switching in Linux is

Q. What is maximum filename size in Linux in bytes?

Q. Process which terminates before the parent process exits is known as

Q. How many times below program will print hello?

Q. Which directory contains configuration files in Linux?

Q. Which one provide command interpreter environment?

Q. Which of the following OS is not based on Linux?

Q. Which type of file system is used for OS/2 systems?

Q. Which type of file system is used to provide virtual memory for Linux systems?

Q. Which type of file system is used for Linux systems?

Q. Which command is used to make a file system available to the system?

Q. Which command is used to view the disk usage within a directory?

Q. The fsck utility checks a file system using how many passes?

Q. Which of the following files contains information on currently mounted file systems?

Q. Which option, used with e2fsck, specifies an alternate superblock to use when checking the file system?

Q. Which command within fdisk is used to create a partition?

Q. Logical drives are contained within what type of partition?

Q. Which of the following is the pointer used to identify the location of data in files?

Q. Which of the following would represent the third partition on the second IDE drive?

Q. Which type of file system is used for accessing remote systems?

Q. Which of the following should surround regular expressions to ensure that they are processed properly?

Q. The * symbol used in regular expressions works the same as the * wildcard used at the shell prompt.

Q. Which of the following is used to verify that a file is alphabetized?

Q. Which utility would be easily used to replace all lowercase letters in a file with uppercase letters?

Q. Which utility attempts to create lines of equal length throughout a file?

Q. Which utility is used to provide a total count of all lines in a file?

Q. Which of the following would alphabetize the file mylist, number the list, and then separate it into files each with 60 lines?

Q. Which of the following are used to redirect stdout and stderr to a file?

Q. ou want to make the directory /share available via NFS. All users on your local network should be allowed to read and write files. Which of the following is correct, assuming that your local network is 192.168.1.0 and your machine is part of the DNS domain mydomain.org?

Q. Which command must be run when a new mail alias is added?

Q. Which command in vi searches for the text Linux?

Q. Which disk partitioning tool provides a GUI?

Q. Which command displays queue information for all local printers?

Q. The _______ tool is used to control the Apache httpd service.

Q. Which command displays the output of the utmp file?

Q. Which command(s) is/are used to enable shadow passwords?

Q. Which command is the best to use to find a contact name for another domain?

Q. Which command shows the route between your host and the remote host www.somedomain.org?

Q. Which command will tell you which package owns the file /etc/printcap?

Q. To make a single change to the kernel configuration before compiling, you would edit which file?

Q. Which command removes a package named editor-2.0.i386.rpm?

Q. You’re repairing the master boot record on a system. You have booted the system via a boot disk and currently have the root volume mounted to /recover. How would you reinstall LILO?

Q. Which command would create a file called mydirlisting that includes a detailed listing of all the files and directories located within your home directory?

Q. Which directory utilizes no disk space?

Q. What type of information might you find using www.deja.com?

Q. Which command is not used to view the contents of a file?

Q. You are told by a co-worker that information pertaining to the syslog command can be found in man page 3. How would you view this information?

Q. Which of the following allows you to view the file myfiles in octal format?
A. od myfiles
B. od -t o myfiles
C. od -t x myfiles
D. od -o myfiles

Q. Which of the following would be used to view the last five lines of the file myfiles?

Q.  Which of the following would send the data from the ls command to the file myfiles?

Q. Which utility is used to combines the lines from two files?
A. split
B. join
C. paste
D. cut

Q. Which command would separate the file researchpaper into multiple files, each containing 60 lines? 
A. split -60 researchpaper
B. split -C 60b researchpaper
C. split -C 60 researchpaper
D. split -l 60 researchpaper

Q. Which command would search lines 2 through 20 of the file records for the characters 1st and replace them with the characters first?

Q. Which of the following would be used to locate the following words: and, made, named, standard?

Q.  Which command converts an RPM package to Debian format?

Q. alien supports which of the following package formats? 
A. RPM
B. .deb
C. BSD
D. .tgz

Q. Which command clears old packages from the Debian archives?

Q. The apt-get tool supports which of the following sources?
A. FTP
B. HTTP
C. NFS
D. CD-ROM

Q. Which apt-get parameter updates the available package database?

Q. To change the sources for apt-get, the ________ file is edited.

Q. Which tool provides an easy-to-use interface to access Debian package management?

Q. Which command removes a Debian package, including its configuration files?

Q. Which command is used to install a Debian package?

Q. Which tool is used to convert packages from one system to another?

Q. Which file specifies how an RPM source package is compiled?

Q. Which command(s) is/are used to remove an RPM package?
A. rpm –uninstall 
B. rpm –remove 
C. rpm -e 
D. rpm -u

Q. Which linking method creates smaller executable files?

Q. Which tool is used to update the ld.so.cache file?

Q. Which methods does RPM support to check package integrity? 
A. MD5
B. 3DES
C. PGP
D. GnuPG

Q. Which rpm option is used when you receive strange errors when installing packages, suggesting rpm database corruption?

Q. Which packaging system does Red Hat use?

Q. Which command installs compiled software?

Q. Which script generates a Makefile for your specific system?

Q. Which command is used to set the priority of a process when it is started?

Q. Which of the following is used to end the 408 process without allowing it to exit gracefully?

Q. Which X11 application is known to have memory leaks?

Q. Which type of modem is usually not compatible with Linux?

Q. You need to access a resource named Documents shared by the NFS server bigserver. Which command would you use?

Q. When examining the network logs for the firewall, you notice a lot of connection attempts to port 110. Which service may your remote users be trying to use?

Q. The first line of a shell script should be which of the following?

Q. You have a Red Hat system that currently boots in text mode. Which file do you need to modify to have it boot in GUI mode?

Q. If you want to remotely display an X Window application to another system, which option would you use?

Q. To use the X11 graphical interface to make a kernel configuration, you would use which of the following?

Q. Which command(s) would be used to display which kernel packages are installed on your system?

Q. Which of the following directories should be on their own partition?
A. /usr
B. /boot
C. /home
D. /tmp

Q. Which command would update your Debian system to the latest version of all installed packages?

Q. Which command would you use to copy the /Documents directory and all subdirectories from the current system to the remote system newman?

Q. You have just configured a new mail server named deathstar. Which entry should you make into DNS to make this the primary mail server?

Q. Which command should be used to allow the host norbert to connect to the local X server?

Q. The Samba daemon responsible for handling name resolution is which of the following?

Q. Dave is going away on vacation for two weeks and wants his mail forwarded to Sue while he is away. Which change should he make?

Q. Which command adds a new default route to the system?

Q. Which script is run when X Window starts?

Q. It is possible to run commands that are not located in a directory listed in the PATH if you know the full path and command name.

Q. Which command allows you to use the default editor to edit several commands from the history file?

Q. Which key allows you to view the last command entered?

Q. Which command displays a listing of previously entered commands?

Q. Which file contains the assignment of user’s home directories?

Q. Which environment variable is used to customize the shell prompt?

Q. When making changes to an environment variable what command must you use to ensure that those changes are available to the shell?

Q. Which file contains the system-wide variables on a system with a bash shell?

Q. Which file contains the system-wide variables on a system with a bash shell?

Q. Keyboard bindings can be viewed using which command?

Q. The Readline Library uses which editor to provide command-line editing?

Q. The Readline Library uses which editor to provide command-line editing?

Q. Which key, when pressed twice, is used to provide command completion at the command line?

Q. Which key, when pressed once, is used to provide command completion at the command line?

Q. Which key combination is used to allow a command to span multiple lines?

Q. Multiple commands can be entered on the same command line when separated by which character?

Q. What is not a correct format for entering commands at the command line?

Q. Which command is used to change the default shell to the Bourne-Again Shell version 2?

Q. Which file contains the available shells for the system?

Q. Which shell is the default shell used on Linux systems?

Q. Which tool does the install of Red Hat use for disk partitioning?

Q. The Linux kernel cannot be placed beyond what sector, when using some versions of LILO?

Q. How many primary partitions can you have on a hard disk?

Q. Linux requires a graphical video card with at least 2MB of memory.

Q. Which platforms does Linux currently support?

Q. Which type of modems are not traditionally supported under Linux?

Q. How can you view the used IRQs on a system?

Q. Drivers reside in which environment?

Q. Which file holds the Plug-and-Play configuration information?

Q. Which tool is used to configure a sound card device?

Q. Message queues are created in

Q. Which is not the correct option for removing a message queue ?

Q. Which system call is used to create Sys V message Queue ?

Q. Which one of the following is not system V IPC ?

Q. System V IPC common attributes are

Q. What mkfifo() creats?

Q. Advantage of FIFO over pipe is

Q. The persistancy of a FIFO is

Q. Which is true regarding pipes?

Q. The kill system call is used to

Q. Default action of SIGSEGV is

Q. Signals are handled using which system call?

Q. When real interval timer expires which signal is generated?

Q. Another signal that cannot be caught is:

Q. Which of the following signal cannot be handled or ignored?

Q. Which signal is sent when the Child process terminates?

Q. Which signal is generated when we press ctrl-Z?

Q. Which signal is generated when we press control-C?

Q. If a signal is received by a process, when will it be processed?

Q. How many types of sockets are there?

Q. An interface is a set of ___________ designed to facilitate interaction between two entities

Q. SOCK_DGRAM sockets are used by ______ processes.

Q. SOCK_STREAM sockets are used by ______ processes.

Q. The command chmod 4777 a.out

Q. Which of the following umask settings allow execute permission to be
 set by default on regular files

Q. What does chmod +t do?

Q. A user executes the following command successfully: $ chmod +x file1.txt Which of the following is true of the output of this command?

Q. If you are a root user, how can you grand execute permission only for the owner of the file project1?

Q. Which of these commands will set the permissions on file textfile to read and write for the owner, read for the group, and nothing for everyone else?

Q. Given the command $ chmod o-w datafile

Q. With a umask value of 112, what is the default permission assigned to newly created regular file?

Q. The permission -rwxr-xr-t represented in octal expression will be

Q. Which command will you use to see the available routes?

Q. Indicate the right option to search for anything not a letter or number

Q. Indicate the right option to search for BOB, Bob, BOb or BoB?

Q. Which one is used to select only one copy of the repeated lines?

Q. What will be printed for the command below?

Q. Assuming the files fileA, fileB, fileAB, fileBC and fileABC, exist in a directory, which files match with the pattern file[ABC]?

Q. Which of the following is not a iterative construct in "bash"?

Q. Which command executes ‘command’ in place of the current process instead of creating a new process?

Q. Which command generates possible completions for string according to the and write it to standard output?

Q. Which option of the command ‘cd’ use the actual filesystem path for cd..and the value of pwd?

Q. To increase the response time and throughput, the kernel minimises the frequency of disk access by keeping a pool of internal data buffer called

Q. UNIX/Linux kernel is?

Q. How do the user gets the help about the command “cp”?

Q. What control character signals the end of the input file?

Q. Which among the following is used to write small programs to control Unix functionalities?

Q. What are the sizes of (Integer/Long/Pointer) in LP64 programming model?

Q. x86-32 uses which programming model?

Q. What command is used to halt a Linux system?

Q. Which of the following tool allows the user to change the default X Window desktop?

Q. Which of the following tool is used to partition your hard drive?

Q. LILO

Q. Communication using TCP is usually__________.

Q. Communication using UDP is usually_______.

Q. How many class A, B and C network IDs can exist?

Q. What type of addressing format is used by Class A network?

Q. The 32-bit internet address 10000000 00001010 00000010 00011110 will be written in dotted decimal notation as

Q. What protocol(s) is (are) allowed a user to retrieve her/his mail from the mail server to her/his mail reader?

Q. What command do you use to add routes to a Linux router?

Q. What service is not monitored by inetd ?

Q. What can he used to set up a firewall on a Linux system?

Q. What TCP/IP protocol is used for transferring electronic mail messages from one machine to another?

Q. What TCP/IP protocol is used for file transfer with minimal capability and minimal overhead?

Q. What service is used to translate domain names to IP addresses?

Q. How many networks and nodes per network, are allowed by the Class B network?

Q. What TCP/IP protocol is used for remote terminal connection service?

Q. The physical layer of a network

Q. How to identify a communication?

Q. TCP stands for

Q. UDP stands for

Q. NetBIOS is

Q. Similar to read and write system calls

Q. Signals can be sent

Q. The set of possible names for a given type of IPC is called its

Q. FIFO Stands For :

Q. Which command runs the shell built-in command ‘command’ with the given argument?

Q. The asterisk is a meta-character which in the command "ls *.txt" means

Q. The shell in the Unix system is the

Q. What special character is used to designate the users home directory in the C shell?

Q. The purpose of the PATH variable is to

Q. Which was the first Unix shell?

Q. Which of the following is not a major Unix shell?

Q. Which command can create environment variable?

Q. Which statement resumes the next iteration of a for, while, select, or untill loop?

Q. Which of the following command lists the last 10 lines of a file?

Q. What shell's wild-card is used to match a single character?

Q. What command is used to sort the lines of data in a file in reverse order?

Q. What command is used to count just the number of lines contained in a file?

Q. What command is used to save the standard output in a file, as well as display it on the terminal?

Q. The command which transcribes the standard input to the standard output and also makes a copy of the same in a file is

Q. The command that can be used to restrict incoming messages to a user is

Q. Which of the following commands is used to update access and modification times of a file?

Q. Which command is used to select those lines that begin with a 2 in the tre file empl.1st?

Q. Which command is used to select those lines where the data lies between 7000 and 7999 at the end of the line of file empl.lit.

Q. Which command will be used to match the pattern agarwal, Aggarwal, Agggarwal and agrawal in the file named empl.1st?

Q. Which command is used to concatenate all files beginning with the string ‘emp’ and followed by non-numeric characters?

Q. The commonly used UNIX commands like date, Is, cat, etc. are stored in

Q. Which option of ls command used to view file inode number ?

Q. Which command is used to print a file ?

Q. Which command is used to display the unix version ?

Q. Which command is used to display the operating system name ?

Q. Which command is used to record a user login session in a file ?

Q. The command “mknodmyfifo b 4 16”

Q. The second set of the three permissions (r-) indicates that

Q. Which of the following commands is used to view the file 24 lines at a time?

Q. The chmodugo+rw note command can be represented in octal notation as

Q. Which command is used to make all files and sub-directories in the directory (prog) executable by all users?

Q. Which command is used to assign only read permission to all three categories of the file ‘note’?

Q. Which command is used to copy the three files wb, collect and mon into the misc directory, under the same, when you were currently in the programs directory?

Q. Which of the following directories contain all the files created by a user, including his login directory?

Q. Which of the following commands is used to count just the number of lines contained in a file?

Q. Which of the following commands is used to list remove files?

Q. Which of the following commands is used to list contents of directories?

Q. Which of the following commands is used to count the total number of line, words and characters contained in a file?

Q. Which of the following commands is used to change the working directory?

Q. Which of the following commands is used to copy directory structures in and out?

Q. Which of the following commands is used to summarize the disk usage?

Q. A____block enclose the code that could throw an exception.

Q. An abstract class

Q. Exception objects are derived from the class.

Q. A method_____an exception when that method detects that a problem has occured.

Q. The code public class B : A { }

Q. To output the value of multidimensional array, Console.WriteLines(___)

Q. Polymorphism occurs when the methods of the child class.

Q. The concept of composition specifies that you can.

Q. Every class directly or indirectly extends the______class.

Q. In order for a class to use an interface, it must

Q. What is the proper header for a class that intends to use an interface.

Q. A delegate defines

Q. An Event is -

Q. String mystring; Creates a(n)

Q. 

Q. Defining two methods with the same name but with different parameters is called.

Q. A variable declared inside a method is called a________variable

Q. A Constructor -

Q. An instance method

Q. Private Button print = new button();

Q. A local variable

Q. Is it possible to change the value of a variable while debugging a C# application?

Q. Features of Read only variables

Q. Which file contains configuration data for each unique URl resource used in project?

Q. Two methods with the same name but with different parameters.

Q. A variable which is declared inside a method is called a________variable

Q. Which of the following is/are not types of arrays in C#?

Q. Which of the following jobs are NOT performed by Garbage Collector?
1.Freeing memory on the stack.
2.Avoiding memory leaks.
3.Freeing memory occupied by unreferenced objects.
4.Closing unclosed database collections.
5.Closing unclosed files.

Q. C# does not support:

Q.  it possible to store multiple data types in System.Array?

Q. The ______ parentheses that follow _____ indicate that no information is passed to Main ().

Q. Duck typing is implemented by using_________ keyword.

Q. _________parameters allows you to give a method parameter a default value so that you do not have to specify it every time you call the method.

Q. Covariance and Contravariance are new features introduced in C# 4.0.

Q. COM Interop is simplified in C#4.0 e.g.var doc = Application.GetDocument("MyFile.txt"); In above statement_______ keyword was essential in parameters of GetDocument() in previous versions of C#.

Q. myMobile.Accept(55, inReject: false); Above statement is an example of which new concept of C# 4.0?

Q. _______ methods are not supported for dynamic types.

Q. The___________keyword is new to C# 4.0, and is used to tell the compiler that a variable's type can change or that it is not known until runtime.

Q. The infrastructure that supports these dynamic operations at run time is called the__________.

Q. Exponential formatting character (‘E’ or ‘e’) converts a given value to string in the form of _______.

Q. Struct’s data members are ____________ by default.

Q. Arrays in C# are ______ objects.

Q. An ____ is a group of contiguous or related data items that share a common name.

Q. A _____ is any valid C# variable ending with a colon.

Q. The character pair ?: is a________________available in C#.

Q. A _______ is an identifier that denotes a storage location.

Q. The ____ language allows more than one method in a single class.

Q. SOAP stands for __________.

Q. The CLR is physically represented by an assembly named _______.

Q. CLR is the .NET equivalent of _________.

Q. What will be output of the following c code?

Q. What will be output of the following c code?

Q. What will be output of the following c code?

Q. What will be output of the following c code?

Q. What will be output of the following c code?

Q. What will be output if you will compile and execute the following c code?

Q. What will be output if you will compile and execute the following c code?

Q. What will be output if you will compile and execute the following c code?

Q. What will be output if you will compile and execute the following c code?

Q. What will be output if you will compile and execute the following c code?

Q. What will be the output of below code?

Q. What is printed when the sample code is executed?

Q. With what do you replace the ???? to make the function shown below return the correct answer?

Q. What will be the value of `a` after the following code is executed?

Q. What would be the output of the following program?

Q. What will happen if in a C program you assign a value to an array element whose subscript exceeds the size of array?

Q. What is the output of this program?

Q. What is the output of the following code?

Q. What is the output?

Q. What value does testarray[2][1][0] in the sample code contain?

Q. What will be the output of the following program ?

Q. What will be the output of the following statements ?

Q. What will be the output of the following statements ?

Q. What will be the output of following statements ?

Q. What will be the output of following program ?

Q. What will be the output of the following statements ?

Q. What will be the output of the following program ?

Q. What will be the output of the following statements ?

Q. What will be the output of the following statement ?

Q. What will be the output of the following statements ?

Q. What will be output if you will compile and execute the following c code?

Q. What will be the output of the following statements ?

Q. What will be the output of the following statements ?

Q. What will be the output of the following statement ?

Q. What will be the output of the following statement ?

Q. What will be the output of the following arithmetic expression ?

Q. What is the output of following c++ program?

Q. The output of this program is

Q. Minimum number of temporary variable needed to swap the contents of 2 variables is:

Q. Which of the following is not a standard exception built in C++.

Q. Which of the following is not a valid conditional inclusions in preprocessor directives

Q. Which of the following operators can be overloaded?

Q. What is the implicit pointer that is passed as the first argument for nonstatic member functions?

Q. In a C language ‘3’ represents

Q. Which looping process is best used when the number of iterations is known?

Q. Which of the following members do get inherited but become private members in child class

Q.  there is more than one statement in the block of a for loop, which of the following must be placed at the beginning and the ending of the loop block?

Q. Which of the following functions below can be used Allocate space for array in memory?

Q. Under which of the following circumstances, synchronisation takes place?

Q. What defines a general set of operations that will be applied to various types of data?

Q. Which of the following below is /are a valid iterator type?

Q. Inline functions are invoked at the time of

Q. What is the Difference between struct and class in terms of Access Modifier?

Q. In a group of nested loops, which loop is executed the most number of times?

Q. Which of the following is the most general exception handler that catches exception of ‘any type’?

Q. Which of the following is the most general exception handler that catches exception of any type?

Q. When class B is inherited from class A, what is the order in which the constructors of those classes are called

Q. Vtables

Q. How do we define a constructor?

Q. Which of the following below can perform conversions between pointers to related classes?

Q. Value of ix+j, if i,j are integer type and ix long type would be

Q. If a member needs to have unique value for all the objects of that same class, declare the member as

Q. Which of the following library function below by default aborts the program?

Q. In C language, a hexadecimal number is represented by writing

Q. The statement i++; is equivalent to

Q. Expression C=i++ causes

Q. Which of the following language feature is not an access specifier in C++?

Q. What happens when a pointer is deleted twice?

Q. Which of the following is not an advantage of secondary memory


Q. How do we declare an abstract class?


Q. How do we declare an ‘interface’ class?

Q. class derived: public base1, public base2 { } is an example of

Q. Which of the following language is not supported by C++?

Q. Which of the following correctly describes the meaning of ‘namespace’ feature in C++?

Q. Which of the following correctly describes the meaning of‘namespace’ feature in C++?

Q. The default access level assigned to members of a class is ___________

Q. Which looping process checks the test condition at the end of the loop?

Q. How many copies of a class static member are shared between objects of the class?

Q. The two types of file structure existing in VSAM file are

Q. Latency time is:

Q. Which of the following is not a file operation:

Q. An inverted file

Q. Originally ‘C’ was developed as:

Q. The conditional compilation

Q. *ptr++ is equivalenet to:

Q. Which of the following is/are advantages of cellular partitioned structure:

Q. In mulit-list organization

Q. ‘Prime area’ in context of file system is defined as

Q. Seek time is

Q. Which of the following is not a component of file system

Q. A direct access file is:

Q. If class A is friend of class B and if class B is friend of class C, which of the following is true?

Q. Which of the following relationship is known as inheritancerelationship?


Q. Which of the following is true about const member functions?

Q. Each pass through a loop is called a/an

Q. Which one of the following is not a valid reserved keyword in C++

Q. What is the difference between overloaded functions and overridden functions?

Q. What does STL stand for?

Q. Which of the following is not a standard exception built in C++.

Q. Which of the STL containers store the elements contiguously (in adjacent memory locations)?

Q. Which of the following is not recommended in a header file?

Q. What’s wrong?

Q. What’s wrong?

Q. A continue statement causes execution to skip to

Q. What’s wrong? while( (i < 10) && (i > 24))

Q. Which of the following is not true about preprocessor directives

Q. Which of the following is the most preferred way of throwing and handling exceptions?

Q. Which of the following keyword supports dynamic method resolution?

Q. Which of the following correctly describes C++ language?

Q. Which of the following is a valid destructor of the class name “Country”

Q. Which one of the following is not a fundamental data type in C++

Q. When is std::bad_alloc exception thrown?

Q. Which classes allow primitive types to be accessed as objects?

Q. If the class name is X, what is the type of its “this” pointer (in a nonstatic, non-const member function)?

Q. Which class allows only one object to be created.

Q. An exceptio in C++ can be generated using which keywords.

Q. To perfor file input / output operation in C++, we must include which header file ?

Q. In C++ Program, inline fuctions are expanded during ____

Q. Reusability of code in C++ is achieved through ____

Q. A C++ code line ends with ___

Q. An expression A.B in C++ means ____

Q. Which one is not a correct variable type in C++?

Q. Member functions, when defined within the class specification:



Q. Which can be passed as an argument to a function?



Q. What will be the output of the following program?

Q. Which of the following statement is valid?

Q. In access control in a protected derivation, visibility modes will change as follows:

Q. Maximum number of template arguments in a function template is

Q. If a base class destructor is not virtual, then



Q. To access the public function fbase() in the base class, a statement in a derived class function fder() uses the statement.fbase();



Q. Which of the following operator can be overloaded through friend function?



Q. What will be the result of the expression 13 & 25?

Q. If x = y,5 = 2 then x ∧ y equals________. (where ∧ is a bitwise XOR operator)

Q. . Overloading the function operator

Q. To perform stream I/O with disk files in C++, you should

Q. Usually a pure virtual function

Q. If the variable count exceeds 100, a single statement that prints “Too many” is



Q. If a class C is derived from class B, which is derived from class A, all through public inheritance, then a class C member function can access

Q. The process of building new classes from existing one is called ______.



Q.  What is the output of the following code? 

Q. The address of a variable temp of type float is

Q. To successfully overload a method in Java, the method names must be ___.

Q. What is the output of the below Java program?

Q. What is the output of the below Java program with method overloading?

Q. What is the output of the below Java program trying to overload a method "jump"?

Q. What is the output of the below Java program that tries to overload a method "abs"?

Q. The format identifier ‘%i’ is also used for _____ data type?

Q. Which of the following cannot be a variable name in C?

Q. What will be the output?

Q. Which is not a valid C variable name?

Q. Variable names beginning with underscore is not encouraged. Why?

Q. Which of the following is not a valid variable name declaration?

Q. Which of the following is not valid variable name declaration?

Q. Neelam wants to share her code with a colleague, who may modify it. Thus she wants to include the date of the program creation, the author and other with the program. What component should she use?

Q. The maximum length of a variable in C is ___

Q. String constants should be enclosed between ___

Q. Character constants should be enclosed between ___

Q.  Which escape character can be used to begin a new line in C?

Q. Which symbol is used as a statement terminator in C?

Q. What is the valid range of numbers for int type of data?

Q. Which of the following are tokens in C?

Q. Which of the following is a Scalar Data type

Q. Which of the following symbol is used to denote a pre-processor statement?

Q. C language is available for which of the following Operating Systems?

Q. C is a ___ language

Q.  C was developed in the year ___

Q.  C programming language was developed by

Q. Which of the following language is the predecessor to C Programming Language?

Q. Which of the following ways are legal to access a class data member using this pointer?

Q. Which of the following factors supports the statement that reusability is a desirable feature of a language?

Q. Which of the following statement is correct?

Q. Which of the following concepts is used to implement late binding?

Q. Which of the following is the correct way of declaring a function as constant?

Q. Which one of the following options is correct about the statement given below? The compiler checks the type of reference in the object and not the type of object.

Q. Which of the following problem causes an exception?

Q. Which of the following functions are performed by a constructor?

Q. Which of the following cannot be used with the keyword virtual?

Q. Which of the following is the correct class of the object cout?

Q. Which of the following are available only in the class hierarchy chain?

Q. What happens if the base and derived class contains definition of a function with same prototype?

Q. Which of the following is correct about the statements given below?

1. All operators can be overloaded in C++.
2. We can change the basic meaning of an operator in C++.

Q. Which of the following is a mechanism of static polymorphism?

Q. Which of the following operator is overloaded for object cout?

Q. How "Late binding" is implemented in C++?

Q. Which of the following concepts means waiting until runtime to determine which function to call?

Q. Which of the following concepts means wrapping up of data and functions together?

Q. Which of the following is correct about class and structure?

Q. Which of the following header file includes definition of cin and cout?

Q. Which one of the following is the correct way to declare a pure virtual function?

Q. Which of the following statements regarding inline functions is correct?

Q. In which of the following a virtual call is resolved at the time of compilation?

Q. Which of the following operators cannot be overloaded?

Q. Which of the following is correct about function overloading?

Q. Which of the following approach is adapted by C++?

Q. Which of the following correctly describes overloading of functions?

Q. Which of the following statement is correct?

Q. Which of the following concepts means adding new components to a program as it runs?

Q. Which of the following is an invalid visibility label while inheriting a class?

Q. Which one of the following is correct about the statements given below?
1. All function calls are resolved at compile-time in Procedure Oriented Programming.
2. All function calls are resolved at compile-time in OOPS.

Q. Which inheritance type is used in the class given below?
class A : public X, public Y
{}

Q. What will happen if a class is not having any name?

Q. Which of the following keyword is used to overload an operator?

Q. Which of the following is an abstract data type?

Q. How many types of polymorphisms are supported by C++?

Q. Which of the following concepts provides facility of using object of one class inside another class?

Q. cout is a/an __________ .

Q. Why reference is not same as a pointer?

Q. What is correct about the static data member of a class?

Q. Which of the following access specifier is used as a default in a class definition?



Q. Which of the following is used to make an abstract class?

Q. Which of the following statements is correct in C++?

Q. Which one of the following options is correct?

Q. Which of the following concepts of OOPS means exposing only necessary information to client?

Q. Which of the following cannot be friend?

Q. How many instances of an abstract class can be created?



Q. Which of the following concept of oops allows compiler to insert arguments in a function call if it is not specified?

Q. Which of the following term is used for a function defined inside a class?

Q. Which of the following statement is correct?

Q. Which of the following provides a reuse mechanism?



Q. Which of the following concepts means determining at runtime what method to invoke?

Q. Which of the following is not the member of class?

Q. Which of the following is not a type of constructor?

Q. Which of the following type of class allows only one object of it to be created?

Q. How more than one option can be selected in drop down?

Q. Which of the following tag is used for drop down list?

Q. Which one of the following does not hold true regarding POST method in HTML?

Q. Which one of the following does not hold true regarding GET method in HTML?

Q. Choose the correct option

Q. Choose the incorrect option.

Q. Choose the incorrect option.

Q. Which one of the following is incorrect?

Q. Which one of the following is a form element?

Q. Choose the correct option.

Q. What is the default item marker in unordered lists of HTML?

Q. What is the default start of item marker in ordered list?

Q. In order to get a list without any item marker, which one of the following can be used?

Q. A HTML code is given below
Fill in the blanks with appropriate option to get the output as below:

Q. In order to start a list from 10, what attribute should be added in the opening tag of ordered list?

Q. Fill in the blanks with a suitable option in order to number items of an ordered list with small roman numbers.

Q. Below there is a HTML code.
Fill in the blanks in the above HTML code with a suitable option so as to get the list as follows when executed in a browse

Q. By which tag, an ordered list is represented?

Q. By which tag, an unordered list is represented?

Q. Which one of the following is a type of lists that HTML supports?

Q. To create HTML page, you need

Q. The __________ attribute sets the text direction as related to the lang attribute.

Q. Drag and drop feature is supported in

Q. HTML tags are represented within

Q. Which of the following is not correct with reference to HTML?

Q. What is the full form of HTML? 

Q. Who is Known as the father of World Wide Web (WWW)? 

Q. What should be the first tag in any HTML document? 

Q. How can you make a bulleted list with numbers? 

Q. What tag is used to display a picture in a HTML page? 

Q. Tags and texts that are not directly displayed on the page are written in _____ section. 

Q. HTML tags are surrounded by which type of brackets. 

Q. Which HTML tag produces the biggest heading? 

Q. Which of the following is not a browser ? 

Q. HTML web pages can be read and rendered by _________. 

Q. Apart from <b> tag, what other tag makes text bold ?

Q. Fundamental HTML Block is known as ___________. 

Q. The year in which HTML was first proposed _______. 

Q. HTML uses 

Q. HTML is what type of language ? 

Q. The web standard allows programmers on many different computer platforms to dispersed format and display the information server. These programs are called

Q.   Which of the following is a Valid Name?

Q. Symbol used at the beginning of the HREF text is

Q. Which tag creates a number/order list?

Q. The body tag usually used after

Q. Main container for <TR>, <TD> and <TH> is

Q. What i s the correct HTML for adding a background color?

Q. The text inside the <TEXT AREA> tag works like

Q. The tag used to create a hypertext relationship between current document and another URL is

Q. The latest HTML standard is

Q. The map definition file is generally stored in

Q. <INPUT> is

Q. Which of the tag is used to creates a number list?

Q. Any part of the graphic that is not included in another hot zone is considered to be part of

Q. Can the element <First> be replaced with <first>

Q. The tag used to create a new list item and also include a hyperlink is

Q. A much better approach to establish the base URL is to use

Q. <Base> tag is designed to appear only between

Q. The tag which allows you to rest other HTML tags within the description is

Q. Correct HTML to left align the content inside a table cell is

Q. From which tag the descriptive list starts?

Q. Character encoding is

Q. <DT> tag is designed to fit a single line of our web page but <DD> tag will accept a

Q. The attribute, which define the relationship between current document and HREF'ed URL is

Q. Which of the following is a container?

Q. Web pages starts with which ofthe following tag?

Q. Which of the following attributes of text box control allow to limit the maximum character?

Q. What are Empty elements and is it valid?

Q. www is based on which model?

Q. Markup tags tell the web browser

Q. The attribute of <form> tag

Q. From which tag descriptive list starts ?

Q. which of the following tag is used to mark a begining of paragraph ?

Q. Correct HTML Tag For The Largest Heading Is 

Q. Data type long literals are appended by _____ 

Q. Which of these is returned by operator '&' ? 

Q. Which variables are created when an object is created with the use of the keyword 'new' and destroyed when the object is destroyed? 

Q. Java language was initially called as ________ 

Q. Which of these have highest precedence? 

Q. Choose a correct statement about Type Casting using Wrapper class objects in Java?

Q. Which exception is thrown for trying to create Wrapper class objects with wrong number type?

Q. Which is the superclass of wrapper classes like Boolean and Character?

Q. Which is the Superclass of Wrapper types like Byte, Short, Integer, Long, Float and Double?

Q. Choose the correct mapping of Primitive Data Types and Wrapper Classes below?

Q. Which primitive data types have wrapper classes available?

Q.  	
Which of the following are not Java keywords ? 

Q. What is byte code in Java? 

Q. Which provides runtime environment for java byte code to be executed? 

Q. In java control statements break, continue, return, try-catch-finally and assert belongs to? 

Q. Who is known as father of Java Programming Language? 

Q. What is a Type Wrapper or simply a Wrapper in Java?

Q. Which of the following is/are advantages of packages?

Q. Which of the following is/are true about packages in Java? 
1) Every class is part of some package. 
2) All classes in a file are part of the same package. 
3) If no package is specified, the classes in the file 
   go into a special unnamed package 
4) If no package is specified, a new package is created with 
   folder name of class and the class is put in this package.

Q. Which of the following is/are true about constructors in Java? 
1) Constructor name should be same as class name.
2) If you don't define a constructor for a class, 
    a default parameterless constructor is automatically
    created by the compiler. 
3) The default constructor calls super() and initializes all 
   instance variables to default value like 0, null.
4) If we want to parent class constructor, it must be called in 
   first line of constructor.

Q. What is the output of the below Java code with Autoboxing and unboxing?

Q. What is the output of the below Java code snippet that use Autoboxing and Unboxing?

Q. Autoboxing or Auto-unboxing works with ___ in Java.

Q. What is the output of the below java code with autoboxing?

Q. Choose the correct way of autoboxing Primitives to Wrapper objects below?

Q. What is the need for Autoboxing and Unboxing in Java?

Q. Autoboxing or unboxing involves replacement of Wrapper objects with Primitives and vice versa. 

Q. Which Java version introduced the feature Autoboxing and Unboxing?

Q. Choose a correct statement about Autoboxing in Java?

Q. Which does autoboxing or unboxing in Java?

Q. Output of following Java program .

Q. Output of following Java program 

Q. Predict the output of following Java program. 

Q. Predict the output of following Java program. 

Q. Predict the output of following Java program 

Q. Predict the output of following Java program 

Q. Predict the output of following Java program 

Q. Which of the following is true about inheritance in Java. 
1) In Java all classes inherit from the Object class directly or indirectly. The Object class is root of all classes. 
2) Multiple inheritance is not allowed in Java. 
3) Unlike C++, there is nothing like type of inheritance in Java where we can specify whether the inheritance is protected, public or private. 

Q. What is the output of the below Java code with Enums and Constructors?

Q. Can you pass values to ENUM constructors in Java?

Q. An ordinal() method of an ENUM returns _____.

Q. An ENUM can be defined in the place ____ in Java?

Q. Can you define STATIC variables and STATIC methods inside an ENUM in Java?

Q. What is the output of the below Java program with Enums?

Q. What is the output of the below Java program with Enums?

Q. The name of an ENUM or the name of ENUM constant can be ____ in Java.

Q. An enum variable in java can take ___ as the assigned value in Java.

Q. Java enums are introduced in which version?

Q. Which is true about enum constants in Java?

Q. An ENUM class in Java can contain ______.

Q. An ENUM type in Java is like a ____.

Q. Which is the keyword used to create an ENUM type in Java?

Q. Java Enum is also called ___.

Q. What is Literal in Java?

Q. Predict the output?

Q. Which of the following is FALSE about abstract classes in Java

Q. Predict the output of following Java program

Q. Predict the output?

Q. Which of the following is FALSE about arrays on Java

Q. What is the output of this Java Program?

Q. What is the output of following Java Program?

Q. What is the use of final keyword in Java?

Q. Output of following Java Program?

Q. What software runs a Java program on a computer?

Q. What software compiles a Java Program?

Q. Byte code is the result of?

Q. What is the output of Compilation of Java Program?

Q. Choose a correct statement about Java source files.

Q. What is the file name extension of a Java source program?

Q. What is a Compiler?

Q.  What is an Interpreter?

Q. What is the problem with generation Executable Software (EXE files)?

Q. Computer Viruses and Trojans are often transmitted along with which files?

Q. What is the advantage of EXE files?

Q. What was the reason for huge initial success of Java?

Q. Whic company owns Java at present?

Q. What type of Java Programs can be run inside a Java supported Web Browser?

Q. Java language was originally developed for operating?

Q. The name "JAVA" is known to the world as?

Q. Which laboratory was Java invented or developed in?

Q. What is the original name of Java Programming language?

Q. Who invented Java language?

Q. Java is a Successor to which programming language?

Q. The “father” of MySQL is ______. 

Q. "CREATE TABLE..." Command is used to create which type of table in Mysql ?

Q. Which of the following function returns the current date and time in MySql ?

Q. What identifies a row in a table as unique?

Q. What does the SQL Server setup program require?

Q. Which of the following operating system is Supported by IA-64 Edition?

Q. Which of the following is not a feature of SQL Server 2008 R2 Enterprise?

Q. Point out the wrong statement.

Q. Which of the following is a feature of SQL Server 2008 R2 Datacenter?

Q. Which are the SQL Server 2008 R2 components require space more than 1.5 Gb?

Q. Point out the correct statement.

Q. What is SQL Server 2008 R2 Hard Disk Space Requirement for database engine?

Q. The phrase “greater than at least one” is represented in SQL by ___________

Q. A Boolean data type that can take values true, false, and ____________

Q. All aggregate functions except __________ ignore null values in their input collection.

Q. If we do want to eliminate duplicates, we use the keyword __________in the aggregate expression.

Q. ___________ is stored only in the Master database.

Q. What is SCHEMABINDING a VIEW?

Q. You can delete a view with ___________ command.

Q. Syntax for creating views is __________

Q. Which of the following code list all the log files in Window?

Q. Code for creating an HTML report that lists the name of each service along with its status is __________

Q. Unrestricted execution policy can be set up in SQL Server can be done using __________

Q. Syntax for viewing the methods and properties we can pipe our output to Get-Member by ______________

Q. Point out the wrong statement.

Q. What will be the output of the following code?

Q. __________ convert object properties into CSV objects.

Q. Point out the wrong statement.

Q. Which of the following command is used to get child items in powershell?

Q. We can test for the nonexistence of tuples in a subquery by using the __________ construct.

Q. The supported storage types for data files are ___________

Q. Which is the minimum processor speed for SQL Server 2012?

Q. Which of the following component is not installed by SQL Server setup 2012 required by the product?

Q. Which of the following operating system is supported by SQL Server 2014?

Q. Which of the following is a feature of SQL Server 2012 R2 Enterprise?

Q. Point out the wrong statement related to SQL Server 2014.

Q. Which of the following is a feature of SQL Server 2014?

Q. Which components of SQL Server 2014 require 1182 Mb?

Q. Point out the correct statement.

Q. What is SQL Server 2012 R2 Hard Disk Space Requirement for database engine?

Q. The main memory requirements for SQL Server 2008 includes ___________

Q. Dynamic Management View is a type of ___________

Q. Which of the following is not a limitation of view?

Q. Which is not a type of join in T-SQL?

Q. The following SQL is which type of join:

Q. The following SQL is which type of join:

Q. The command to remove rows from a table ‘CUSTOMER’ is __________________

Q. Find all the cities with temperature, condition and humidity whose humidity is in the range of 63 to 79.

Q. Find all the tuples having a temperature greater than ‘Paris’.

Q. Find the name of those cities with temperature and condition whose condition is either sunny or cloudy but temperature must be greater than 70.

Q. Find the names of these cities with temperature and condition whose condition is neither sunny nor cloudy.

Q. What is the meaning of LIKE ‘%0%0%’?

Q. SQL query to find all the cities whose humidity is 95.

Q. Which TCL command undo all the updates performed by the SQL in the transaction?

Q. How can you change “Hansen” into “Nilsen” in the “LastName” column in the Persons table?

Q. Which SQL statement is used to return only different values?

Q. The UNION SQL clause can be used with _____________

Q. The UPDATE SQL clause can _____________

Q. ___________removes all rows from a table without logging the individual row deletions.

Q. Which of the following is not a DDL command?

Q. Which of the following are TCL commands?

Q. ________________ is not a category of SQL command.

Q. If you don’t specify ASC or DESC after a SQL ORDER BY clause, the following is used by default ______________

Q. What is the purpose of the SQL AS clause?

Q. What does DML stand for?

Q. With SQL, how do you select all the records from a table named “Persons” where the value of the column “FirstName” ends with an “a”?

Q. With SQL, how can you return all the records from a table named “Persons” sorted descending by “FirstName”?

Q. With SQL, how can you return the number of not null records in the “Persons” table?

Q. Which of the following SQL clauses is used to DELETE tuples from a database table?

Q. Built in Functions in SQL Server is categorized into how many categories?

Q. ______________ returns the rank of rows within the partition of a result set, without any gaps in the ranking.

Q. Which of the following is not a conversion function?

Q. Text and Image Functions are ___________

Q. DecryptByKeyAutoCert is ________________ type function.

Q. __________ are used for supporting encryption, decryption, digital signing and their validation.

Q. @@NESTLEVEL function falls under which of the following category?

Q. Which of the following is not a mathematical function?

Q. What is used of SQL?

Q. What is the standard form of RDBMS.

Q. BLOB viewer /editor & master-detail view & card view all comes under.

Q. Extended GUI feature supported by SQL server 2005 includes.

Q. SQL server supports

Q. Which of the following function checks whether the expression is a valid date or not?

Q. ______________ function returns current date and time.

Q. Which of the data type has a storage size of 8 bytes?

Q. _____________ is monetary data type in SQL Server.

Q. ________ is a spatial data type.

Q. You want to track date and time of the last write access per row. Select the suitable option among the below.

Q. ntext data type falls under which category?

Q. Exact Numeric data type is ___________

Q. SQL server 2005 supports fields line

Q. Three-tier architecture include.

Q. To display all the view in SQL 2005 to launch …… expand the database, system database & select master, view system view.

Q. SQL server operators on the operating system platform.

Q. SQL server 2005 never combined the administrative feature of query analyzer

Q. SQL server 2005 delivers powerful familiar tools to It-professional as well as information workers.

Q. Database software focus on

Q. Microsoft SQL Server is a

Q. ADO stands for

Q. T-SQL provides enhancement regarding

Q. SQL server offers integrated development tools for.

Q. Full form of SOAP

Q. SQL server 2005 introduces notification support for

Q. SQL does not need to know

Q. An outstanding functionality of SQL is it’s the support for

Q. Data types in SQL Server are organized into how many categories?

Q. Which of the following is a large object data type?

Q. The _________ database is used by SQL Server Agent for scheduling alerts and jobs, and recording operators.

Q. ______________ is schematic drawing used for representing relationships in database.

Q. Which of the following is used to build sql statements without writing code?

Q. Which menu is used to restore windows to their original locations?

Q. __________menu allows user to set up some keyboard shortcuts.

Q. Which of the following shortcut is used to clear all bookmarks?

Q. Ctrl+K+K shortcut refers to ___________

Q. Which of the following feature is not provided by SSS 2008?

Q. SQL server offers integrated development tools for

Q. SQL server includes advance integrated management tools

Q. Full form of SMS

Q. Full form of MOM

Q. Full form of OLAP

Q. he SQL server data platform include the tools

Q. A database typically has ………. Components

Q. What is the full form of SQL.

Q. Name the primary query languages of the SQL server.

Q. What is the full form of RDBMS.

Q. Full form of MS-DTC.

Q. How many views for displaying database?

Q. What is the full form of ANSI.

Q. Internal system table is called.

Q. Metadata stores

Q. SMO in SQL Server stands for ___________

Q. Which of the following pane option is not provided by Query Designer?

Q. hich of the following tool is used for designing schema of the database in SSMS?

Q. Which of the following is a database object?

Q. ________ is tool in SSMS used to manage multiple servers.

Q. Which command is used to reset default configuration in SSMS?

Q. ____________ is not available on standard toolbar.

Q. Which of the following shortcut is used for displaying error list?

Q. Which panel presents a list of objects under the selected node?

Q. SQL server object property is called.

Q. When SQL server is connected with a particular database then this database is called.

Q. Temp.db or tansaction.db database is

Q. Resource database is

Q. Model database is

Q. MSDB database is

Q. Master database is

Q. In different types of database, which work, is done?

Q. How many types of data are in SQL server are supported

Q. What is support by SQL server 2005?

Q. Management Studio is ________ used for development of SQL Server database.

Q. __________is the first true GUI-based database server.

Q. _________ is free database software running free SQL Server technology.

Q. LocalDB was introduced in which of the following versions of SQL Server?

Q. _________ is a software application first launched with the Microsoft SQL Server 2005.

Q. SQL Server 2005 has the following features?

Q. Which of the SQL Server RTM included native support for managing XML data? Codename for SQL Server 2012 is __________

Q. The arranging of data in a logical sequence is called

Q. Embedded SQL is which of the following?

Q. The SQL SELECT statement is capable of

Q. SQL views can be used to hide?

Q. What do the letters in CRUD stand for?

Q. What does the ALTER TABLE clause do?

Q. Which SQL function is used to count the number of rows in a SQL query?

Q. What is a field?

Q.  Dynamic Management View is a type of 

Q. Point out the wrong statement : 

Q. Ctrl+K+K shortcut refers to ___________ 

Q. Template Explorer is used to manage ____________

Q. Which of the following is one of the basic approaches for joining tables? 

Q.  LocalDB was introduced in which of the following versions of SQL Server ? 

Q. A column of type __________ may contain rows of different data types.

Q. Which of the following is not a mathematical function ?

Q. SQL query to find the temperature in increasing order of all cities.

Q.  With SQL, how can you return the number of not null records in the "Persons table ? 

Q. Which of the following SQL clauses is used to DELETE tuples from a database table ? 

Q.  Which of the following is not a aggregate function ?

Q. The recommended extension for log file is ?

Q. Which of the following prepare the execution plan as output by taking query, statistics and Algebrizer tree as input?

Q. Each log record is identified by Log Sequence Number (LSN).

Q. Which extents are made up of only single object?

Q. Every database has one primary data file. We can give any extension for the primary data file but the recommended extension is?

Q. In SQL Server 2012 how many types of checkpoints there?

Q. How many protocol SQL Server has?

Q. Which of the following is an Advantages of Instances (SQL Server)?

Q. Microsoft SQL Server Initial release on?

Q. MS SQL Server developed by?

Q. How many types of file groups in SQL Server?

Q. Rollback operations are also logged

Q. The size of the page is?

Q. How much maximum file can be there in one database?

Q. Which checkpoints runs just like any other T-SQL statement, once you issue checkpoint command it will run to its completion?

Q. Which of the following lies between the host machine (Windows OS) and SQL Server?

Q. SQL Server works in client-server architecture, supports how many types of components?

Q. Which programming language is used to developed MS SQL?

Q. Which of the following statement are true about SQL Server?

Q. MS SQL Server is a ?

Q. For what based of PC’s, Linux was specifically designed?

Q. From where did the file system can be used to unambiguously identified and referenced?

Q. Which feature is used to prevent overwriting an existing file the redirection operation?

Q. When we want replace a file system we have to ____ the present file system.

Q. A record consists of

Q. The complete path name of a file or directory is

Q. Which of the following is called as the redirection operator for output?

Q. ____ command clears the screen.

Q. What type of editing is possible by Ed editor?

Q. Who are placeholders to store values?

Q. How will you see the system date?

Q. Which command displays the contents of a file?

Q. Which was the operating system was created mainly by the efforts of Ken Thomson?

Q. Which was widely distributed over the Internet?

Q. Which shell provides many of the tools found in C language?

Q. Which command allows you to delete a word?

Q. Which command copies the contents of the source file after creating the destination file?

Q. Who can change his/her password with the password command?

Q. When you are in the command mode, what takes you to the line editing mode?

Q. In Linux, if all the members of the group share their files, they are called as

Q. Which Directory is assigned to the user when he/she enters into the system for the first time, by the System Administrator (SA)?

Q. Which keys are substituted for the cut facility?

Q. Which symbol allows you to search the pattern, backward in the text?

Q. Is command with the -a option will display

Q. Which command is used to evaluate arithmetic expression?

Q. We should be careful about the lower case and upper case letters when the system is

Q. The file name should not duplicate

Q. All the users of the system who are not members of a project group are referred to as

Q. What is mainly used for creating, deleting and editing the files?

Q. The location where the user enter user name is called as

Q. Help for all commands is available at

Q. The option is influenced by the ___ preceding it.

Q. Which of the following is used to append the contents of a file?

Q. The ___ process does not allow any unauthorized person to access any of our directories or files.

Q. Which indicate you to find the mode you are working?

Q. Linux default shell is

Q. The prompt of the root user is

Q. The file name can be up to ___ character.

Q. How much of memory space is occupied by Linux?

Q. Collection of files is called as a

Q. Which version can run on any machine available now?

Q. Double dot (..) with cd refers to

Q. Which command will undo the last modification?

Q. A directory under a directory is called as

Q. Which command allows you to change a word?

Q. Hard disk partition is prefixed by

Q. Which key should be pressed to save a file in line editing mode?

Q. This command formats a floppy _____

Q. The cd command stands for

Q. Which command creates a new shell?

Q. Which program combines Linux commands to solve the given problems?

Q. What is the syntax for mounting CD-ROMs?

Q. What is the space between end of the line and end of the screen is called as?

Q. The Vi editor, makes the keyboard to play a ___ role.

Q. In what mode of editing, the keyboard behaves as a normal typewriter with the exception?

Q. We do not have the control over

Q. What is the command that saves the files when the file actually exists?

Q. Can the password and the user name be the same?

Q. Which command takes data from one command to another command?

Q. End of file is referred by

Q. The prompt of the other users is

Q. The full name of directory is called as

Q. All directories are stored under one main directory called ____

Q. Linux systems allow many users to work

Q. Which standard of Unix was followed by Linux?

Q. How will you go to a particular line number in Vi editor?

Q. What is the key used to quit Vi editor?

Q. Which sign is a substitute for our home directory?

Q. What is the reference of the second partition on the first hard drive?

Q. Which command allows you to change a single character where the cursor is currently on?

Q. Who developed an effective PC version of Unix for Minix users?

Q. Command Option starts with

Q. Which key open a new line and places the cursor in the beginning of that new line?

Q. Which of the following command is used for prompting?

Q. What is the core of a Linux Operating System?

Q. When was the first release of Linux?

Q. Which of these types is a type of Linux?

Q. A program that acts as an interface between the user and Linux OS

Q. What default user is created in Linux?

Q. The Linux installation wizard ask you which of the following questions?

Q. What letter combination is used to refer to the virtual consoles that you can flip through on Linux?

Q. Which version of UNIX was handled by the students of the University of Helsinki?

Q. Which operating system was developed by the contribution of many people throughout the world?

Q. The extension is used to ___ the files.

Q. Which text file contains Linux commands?

Q. Which key indicate you that part of the screen is not in the file?

Q. The first ___ always represents the root directory

Q. Who was very much attracted by the elegance and effectiveness of UNIX?

Q. This structure prevents name collision

Q. Which command takes the standard output as input and send it to the printer?

Q. In command mode, all keys on the keyboard become what command?

Q. User directories are created under

Q. The user who creates the file is called as the

Q. Which system provides excellent security features?

Q. What is the key used to join a line?

Q. mnt stands for

Q. What command can you use on linux to display the ip configuration information for network interfaces?

Q. Which of the following is not a part of default Red Hat Linux email system?

Q. What command will show you the files and directories in your current working directory?

Q. What command is used to copy directory structures in and out?

Q. Which of the following commands allows for moving one level up in Linux directory tree?

Q. Untuk berpindah directory pada DOS adalah fungsi dari command ?

Q. In what Linux directory does the kernel reside?

Q. What directory contains the system configuration files?

Q. What is the command that will show you the absolute path to the directory you are in?

Q. What access to system does windows use?

Q. This the name of the equivalent of a service on Windows?

Q. Which is an example of Type II hypervisor ?

Q. What is the most secure OS?

Q. Which of the following is not a way to install an OS?

Q. How to install Oracle Virtual Box?

Q. What is the right order of boot sequence?

Q. What does BIOS mean?

Q. What type of hypervisor creates multiple virtual machines on an existing operating system ?

Q. Which of the following is Not a run level?

Q. What is the official term for different "flavors" of Linux?

Q. Which has excellent support for older hardware?

Q. What is the other name of new shell?

Q. In Linux hard disk partition, hda2, a stands for the ___

Q. Where do the users arrive after entering exit in Linux system?

Q. Single dot (.) with cd refers to ___

Q. Who can change the password of any user?

Q. What should be the minimum length of a password?

Q. What was the first version of Linux?

Q. Which of the following is called as the piping symbol?

Q. Which command is called as the end-of-file command?

Q. Who is primarily responsible for the smooth functioning of the system?

Q. SA is also known as root user or

Q. The trial version of Linux is called

Q. In which year Linux was developed?

Q. Which symbol is used to refer the contents of a variable?

Q. Establishing the connection between a file system on a storage device and our main directory tree is called as

Q. Which command takes the input from standard input and copies into a file?

Q. Which command allows you to change the entire contents of a line?

Q. In File Access Permission, what command gives the owner of the file the execute permission?

Q. What command removes the entire line that the cursor is presently on?

Q. The file owner can change the access permission by _____ command.

Q. The pwd stands for

Q. Which key places you in input mode in Vi editor after the character where the cursor is currently on?

Q. Which command allows you to overwrite text?

Q. hat is Linux? Linux is open-source _____

Q. What are Minor Releases intended for?

Q. Which class network is used for a collection of a small number of networks with a large number of nodes?

Q. Perintah pada dasar linux untuk membuat direktori baru adalah ?

Q. Which of the following command is used to create a Linux installation hoot floppy?

Q. How to logout from Linux ?

Q. Tanda bahwa shell prompt masuk sebagai root adalah ?

Q. In which directory can you store system user default files used for creating user directories?

Q. Linux system does not compromise of

Q. Creator of Linux

Q. Who developed Linux?

Q. Linux is a

Q. Element double array [7] is which element of the array?

Q. In C++, a function contained within a class is called

Q. The function bad( ) is declared in the header file

Q. The dot operator connects which of the following two entities?

Q. The library function exit( ) causes an exit from

Q. In a for loop with a multi-statement, loop body semicolons should appear

Q. In C language, the break statement causes an exit

Q. The keyword volatile is used to declare

Q. Copy constructor is invoked when a/an

Q. Breaking a program into several files is desirable because

Q. In a stock, the data item placed on the stack first is

Q. The member function can always access the data in

Q. 

Q. A variable defined within a block is visible

Q. An enumerated data type brings together a group of

Q. The scope resolution operator usually

Q. Memorizing the new items used in C++ is

Q. Redirection redirects

Q. Which punctuator is used to group a set of C++ statements?

Q. ____ refers to the process of changing the data type of the value stored in a variable.

Q. ____ data types are structure, union, class and enumeration.

Q. Which operator is used to compare numerical values?

Q. ____ allocates memory, based on the data type of the variable.

Q. ____ literals are treated as array of characters.

Q. Which one holds the values or constants in memory boxes?

Q. In which type of constant the Decimal numbers, integer and floating-point are related?

Q. The basic types are collectively called as ___

Q. ____ are data items whose value cannot be changed.

Q. The names beginning with an underscore are reserved for _____ variable.

Q. What is the length of long double data type?

Q. ____ allows users to define the user defined data type identifier.

Q. Which storage class defines local variable known to the block in which they are defined?

Q. Every variable will be referred by its ___

Q. When a=6, c= ++a what will be the value of c?

Q. For example class boy, ____ is a user defined data type of class.

Q. ______ variables are sensitive to the data type they point to.

Q. Which one is the valid real constant?

Q. Where a condition is checked to see whether to do one or more iteration is _____

Q. The ____ key and the ___ key can be used in combination with other keys to perform shortcuts and special tasks.

Q. What is the default file extension for all Word documents?

Q. What is a file?

Q. The statement int A; b; is invalid because ____

Q. When a=6 and c=a++ what is the value of c?

Q. The body of function contains ___

Q. The sequence of digits starting with 0 is treated as ___ constant.

Q. What type of integer starts with 0X?

Q. The special characters like tab, backspace, line feed, null, back slash are called ____ character constant

Q. _____ variable of the same data type can be declared in a single declaration statement.

Q. The enum, unsigned int, short int and int data type’s uses ___ bits.

Q. ___  type is further divided into int and char.

Q. ___ data type to indicate the function does not return a value.

Q. Which operator requires one operand?

Q. Which one gives special meaning to the language compiler?

Q. In C++ programming language, to write data that contains variables of type flat to an object of type of stream, which of the following should be used?

Q. Keyword typed is used to declare

Q. When a language has the capability to produce new data types, it is called

Q. In a class specified, data or functions and designated private are accessible

Q. Which of the following are good reasons to use an object oriented language?

Q. The operands and the operators are grouped in a specific logical way of evaluation is called ____

Q. _____ are the kind of data that variables hold in a programming language.

Q. The address number starts at ___

Q. ____ storage class global variable known to all functions in the current program.

Q. ____ class is another qualifier that can be added to a variable declaration.

Q. What are shift operators?

Q. ____ is an operator which returns the memory size requirements in terms of bytes.

Q. How many fundamental data types are there in C++?

Q. ____ is a sequence of characters surrounded by double quotes.

Q. Rick Mascitti coined the name ___

Q. An exceptio in C++ can be generated using which keywords.

Q. 	
To perfor file input / output operation in C++, we must include which header file ?

Q. 	
In C++ Program, inline fuctions are expanded during ____

Q. In CPP, members of a class are ______ by default.

Q. Reusability of code in C++ is achieved through ____

Q. Which class allows only one object to be created

Q. A class whos objects can not be created is known as _____

Q. Default constructor has ____ arguments.

Q. A ponter pointing to a variable that is not initialized is called ____

Q. ______ function is used to allocate space for array in memory.

Q. A C++ code line ends with ___

Q. An expression A.B in C++ means ____

Q. Which operation is used as Logical 'AND'

Q. Which one is not a correct variable type in C++?

Q. Delaration a pointer more than once may cause ____

Q. Which symbol is used to declare preprocessor directives?

Q. What is the output of the following C++ code?

Q. Which keyword is used to define macros in C++?

Q. What is the maximum number of arguments or parameters that can be used in a function call?

Q. What happens if the exception is not caught in the program?

Q. Which keyword is used to catch an exception in the code block?

Q. What is the output of the following C++ code?

Q. Which of the following statements allows you to overload a function in C++?

Q. Which header file is used to pass an unlimited number of arguments to a function?

Q. What is the output of the following C++ code?

Q. ____ is the C increment Operator in C++.

Q. How many operators are classified in C++?

Q. ____ constant is a signed real number.

Q. What is the other name for variable?

Q. The constant that should not have fractional part is ___



Q. What are bitwise operators?

Q. Which operator requires three operands?

Q. What is the length of double data type?



Q. Binary plus (+) and Binary minus (-) are ___ operator.

Q. Additive, Multiplicative, shift, Bitwise logical and assignment operators is ____ operator.



Q. The elements in a structure are also called _______

Q. What is the output of the following C++ code?

Q. Which variable is equal to the size of enum variable?

Q. Which of the following statements is true about the following instruction?

Q.  What is the output of the following C++ code?

Q. Which of the following statements is not true about preprocessor directives?

Q. To which type, enumerations can be assigned?

Q. What is the output of the following C++ code?

Q. What is the output of the following C++ code?

Q.  In which type are enums stored by the compiler?

Q. Built in Data type is also called as ___ data type.

Q. Which is a conditional operator?



Q. ____ Type is used to declare a generic pointer in C++.

Q. ____ storage class variables are defined in another program.

Q. Auto variables get undefined values known as

Q. ____ Operator requires two operands.

Q. Which one of the following is a membership operator?

Q. Addressing is done using ___ number system.

Q. ____ is a variable that holds a memory address.

Q. Which of the following is not a C++ keyword?

Q. What is the value of x?

Q. From which function does the execution of a C++ program start?

Q. Which keyword do you use if you do not want to get a return value?

Q. What is the output of the following C++ code?

Q. What is the output of the following C++ code?

Q. How many minimum functions must be present in a C++ program to run it?

Q. What is an inline function?

Q. What happens to a function defined in a class without any complex operation (like loop, etc.)?

Q. What is the output of the following C++ code?

Q. Which of the following is the default return value of a function in C++?

Q. Can two functions declare (non-static) variables with the same name.

Q. What is the output of the following C++ code?

Q.  What is the output of the following C++ code?

Q. How are the constants declared?

Q. What is the output of the following C++ code?

Q.  Constants are also called ______

Q. What is the output of the following C++ code?

Q. Select the right option.

Q. Identify the wrong option.

Q. What is the output of the following C++ code?

Q. Integer values are stored in ___ bit format in binary form.

Q. Variable names must begin with ___

Q. Float and double are related to ____ data type.

Q. How many C++ data types are broadly classified?

Q. ____ operators have lower precedence to relational and arithmetic operators.

Q. Logical AND (&&) and Logical OR (||) are ___ operators.

Q. Signed, unsigned, long and short are some of the ___

Q. How many storage specifies are there in a C++?

Q. Auto, static, extern and register are called as ___

Q. Every variable should be separated by ___ separator.

Q. The modulus operator uses ___ character.



Q. What is a constant that contains a single character enclosed within single quotes?

Q. ____ is the smallest individual unit in a program

Q. Which one of the following is a keyword?

Q. A virtual function that has no definition within the base class is called____________

Q. Constant variables can be created in CPP by using ________ .


Q. Object oriented programming employs_________ programming approach.


Q.  In CPP, cin and cout are the predefined stream __________ .


Q. __________are used for generic programming.


Q. By default, all the files are opened in ___________mode.

Q. If abstract class is inherited by derived class, then_______________ .


Q.  While overloading binary operators using member function, it requires ___ argument/s.

Q. Private members of the class are not inheritable.

Q.  It is not possible to combine two or more file opening mode in open () method

Q. Which one is suitable syntax for function template?

Q. Generic catch handler is represented by ______________ .

Q. If inner catch handler is not able to handle the exception then__________ .

Q. If a class contains pure virtual function, then it is termed as____________________ .


Q. Can we alter/modify the values of data members of a class inside const member function?


Q. A class can contain objects of other classes and this phenomenon is called_________ .

Q. The explicit keyword is an optional decoration for the constructors that takes exactly_____argument.

Q. Functions called from within a try block may also throw exception.


Q. We can prevent a function from throwing any exceptions.


Q. What is the output of the following C++ code?

Q. Which of the following accesses the structure variable *a?

Q. Which of the following is a correctly defined structure?

Q. What is the output of the following C++ code?

Q. What is the output of the following C++ code?

Q. What is the output of the following C++ code?

Q. Which loop is best used when the number of iterations is known in advance?

Q. What is the output of the following C++ code?

Q. How many types of loops are there in C++?

Q. What is the output of the following C++ code?

Q. Select the wrong option?

Q. What is the output of the following code?

Q. What is the output of the following code?

Q. What will happen in this code?

Q. What is the result of the following C++ program?

Q. Which of the following gives the memory address of the first element of the array?

Q. Evaluate the following expression :

Q. In case of operator overloading, operator function must be ______ .

1. Static member functions
2. Non- static member functions
3. Friend Functions


Q. Scope resolution operator is used______ .

Q. How can we restrict a function to throw certain exceptions?

Q. Attempting to throw an exception that is not supported by a function call results in calling _____________ library function.

Q.  Which of the following is not a file opening mode ____ .

Q.  In case of inheritance where both base and derived class are having constructors, when an object of derived class is created then___________ .

Q. In a program, If there exists a function template with two parameters and normal function say void add(int , int), so add(3,4) will _____________________ .

Q. While redefining a virtual function in the derived class, if its prototype is changed then ___________________ .


Q. ___________ header file is used for manipulators.

Q.  Which of the following is not a casting operator in CPP?

Q. Which of the following manipulator is used for the representing octal equivalent of a given decimal number?

Q.  If the derived class is struct, then default visibility mode is _______ .


Q. In CPP, dynamic memory allocation is done using ______________ operator.

Q. When a virtual function is redefined by the derived class, it is called___________.

Q.  Object based language differs from object oriented language as it does not support features _____ .

1. Encapsulation
2. Inheritance
3. Dynamic Binding
4. Abstraction
5. Polymorphism

Q. The code of statements which may cause abnormal termination of the program should be written under_________ block.

Q. Can we define our exceptions in CPP?


Q. What is the output of the following C++ code?

Q. How many comment types are there in C++?

Q. What is the output of the following C++ code?

Q. What is the output of the following C++ code?

Q. The goto destination for the label is identified by __

Q. How many instruction sequences are there in C++?

Q. What is the output of the following C++ code?

Q. What is the output of the following C++ code?

Q. What is the output of the following C++ code?

Q. Identify the type of variables.

Q. Which of the following instructions is illegal?

Q. What is the value of “i”?

Q. What is the value returned by is_int function?

Q. Choose the right option :

Q. What is the output of the following C++ code?

Q. The operator used for de-referencing or indirection is ____

Q. Which of the following will access the fifth element stored in an array?

Q. What does the following statement mean?

Q. What happens if we execute the following code in C and C++?

Q. What is the use of this pointer in C++?

Q. Classes in CPP are________ .

Q. An operator function is created using _____________ keyword.

Q. Using friend operator function, following perfect set of operators may not be overloaded.


Q. If base class has constructor with arguments, then it is ________________ for the derived class to have constructor and pass the arguments to base class constructor.


Q. In Multipath inheritance, in order to remove duplicate set of records in child class, we ___________ .

Q.  Which of the following are member dereferencing operators in CPP?

1. *
2. ::
3. ->*
4. ::*
5. ->


Q. If a class contains static variable, then every object of the class has its copy of static variable.


Q. Which of the followings are true about Virtual functions?


Q.  Which of the followings is/are not keyword/s in CPP?

1. asm
2. boolean
3. mutable
4. export
5. constant_cast

Q.  __________________ is the OOP feature and mechanism that binds together code and the data it manipulates, and keep both safe from outside world

Q. In case of inheritance where both base and derived class are having constructor and destructor, then which if the following are true ?

1. Constructors are executed in their order of derivation
2. Constructors are executed in reverse order of derivation
3. Destructors are executed in their order of derivation
4. Destructors are executed in reverse order of derivation

Q. When a child class inherits traits from more than one parent class, this type of inheritance is called _______________ inheritance.

Q. Which of the following statements are not true about destructor?

1. It is invoked when object goes out of the scope
2. Like constructor, it can also have parameters
3. It can be virtual
4. It can be declared in private section
5. It bears same name as that of the class and precedes Lambda sign.

Q. A function can be declared as friend maximum only in two classes.

Q. In nested try block, if inner catch handler gets executed, then _____________ .


Q. Function overloading can also be achieved if two or more functions differ only in their return types.

Q. Assigning one or more function body to the same name is called ____________ .

Q. Find the wrong statement/s about Abstract Class.


Q. Runtime polymorphism is achieved only when a virtual function is accessed through a pointer to the base class.


Q.  ____________ refers to the act of representing only essential features without including the background details.

Q. In CPP program, Can we declare and define a user defined function inside a struct as we do in a class ?


Q. When overloading unary operators using Friend function,it requires_____ argument/s.

Q. Assume class TEST. Which of the following statements is/are responsible to invoke copy constructor?


Q.  Can constructors be overloaded?

Q. What is the output of the following C++ code?

Q. A void pointer cannot point to ______

Q. What is the purpose of ‘p’ in the following statement?

Q. What is the size of a generic pointer in C++ (on a 32 bits platform)?

Q. What is the output of the following C++ code?

Q. What will happen when a structure is declared?

Q. The pointer can point to any variable not declared with _____

Q. A void pointer can point to what type of objects?

Q. Which character is used to terminate a structure?

Q. Which of the following operators is used with a pointer to access members of a class?

Q. Which of the following features is not provided by C?

Q. What happens if the following program is run in C and C++?

Q. Which of the following statements is correct about this pointer in C++?

Q. What is the correct definition of an array?

Q. What is the index of the last element of an array with 5 elements?

Q. Which of the following statements correctly declares an array?

Q. What happens if the following program is run in C and C++?

Q. Which of the following statements is correct?

Q. Which of the following statements is correct?

Q. In case of binary operator overloading with member function, which of following statement should be taken into consideration?

Q. Predict the output:

Q. Default values for a function are specified when ____ .


Q. Return type of uncaught_exception() is ________________ .


Q. If an argument to a function is declared as const, then _______ .

Q. Which of the followings are false statements about Local class?

1. A local class type name can only be used in the enclosing function
2. All the methods of Local classes must be defined inside the class only
3. A Local class can contain static data members.
4. A Local class may contain static functions.
5. Non-static variables of the enclosing function are not accessible inside local classes.
6. Local classes cannot access global types, variables and functions.

Q.  When a class is defined inside any function or block, it is called ___________ .

Q. Throwing an unhandled exception causes standard library function then _________ to be invoked.

Q. In nested try blocks, if both inner and outer catch handlers are not able to handle the exception, then ______________ .


Q. What is the difference between protected and private access specifiers in inheritance?

Q. When a base class is privately inherited by the derived class, then_____________ .

Q. We can initialize a value of static variable of a class only when its object is created. No other initialization is permitted.


Q. Logical expressions produce ____________ type results.


Q. Syntax for Pure Virtual Function is ______________ .

Q. _______________ is a member function that is declared within a base class and redefined by derived class.

Q. If we have object from ofstream class, then default mode of opening the file is _____ .


Q. A Constructor that does not have any parameters is called____________ Constructor.

Q. Only functions of the class can access the data of the class and they(functions) provides the interface between data, objects and the program. This kind isolation of the data from direct access by the program is called _______________ .

Q. Public data members and member functions of the class are accessible ONLY to the member functions of that class.

Q. What happens if the line below is executed in C and C++?

Q. What is the size of a character in C and C++?

Q. Which of the following is accessed by a member function of a class?

Q. What is the output of the following C++ code?

Q. Which of the following is the scope resolution operator?

Q. What is the output of the following C++ code?

Q. What happens if the line below is executed in C and C++?

Q. What is a static binding?

Q. What is a dynamic binding?

Q. What happens if the line below is executed in C and C++?

Q. What is the output of the following C++ code?

Q. What happens if the following program is run in C and C++?

Q. What is the difference between cin and scanf()?

Q. What happens if the following program is run in C and C++?

Q. Which of the following statements is equivalent to printf() in C++?

Q.  Which of the following statements is equivalent to scanf() in C++?

Q. What is the output of the following code in C++?

Q. What is the size of a boolean variable in C++?

Q. Which of the following types is not present in C but present in C++?

Q. What happens if the following program is run in C and C++?

Q. __________ is return type of is_open() function.

Q.  If we have object from fstream class, then what is the default mode of opening the file?


Q. The derivation of Child class from Base class is indicated by ____ symbol.

Q. During a class inheritance in CPP, if the visibility mode or mode of derivation is not provided, then by default visibility mode is  ___________.

Q. Default return type of functions in CPP is ____ .


Q. Predict the output:

Q. Which of the followings is/are not false about friend function ?

1. It can be called / invoked with class object.
2. It has objects as arguments.
3. It can have built-in types as arguments.
4. It must declared only in public part of a class.
5. It does not have this pointer as an argument.


Q.  Inline functions may not work ______ .

1. If function contain static variables.
2. If function contain global and register variables.
3. If function returning value consists looping construct(i.e. for, while).
4. If inline functions are recursive.
5. If function contains const value.

Q. To create an output stream, we must declare the stream to be of class ___________ .

Q. Run time polymorphism can be achieved with______ .

Q. Which of the following is not a false statement about new operator?

Q. Which of the following operator is used to release the dynamically allocated memory in CPP?


Q. Static variable declared in a class are also called_________ .


Q.  Which of the following statements are true about Catch handler?

1. It must be placed immediately after try block T.
2. It can have multiple parameters.
3. There must be only one catch handler for every try block.
4. There can be multiple catch handler for a try block T.
5. Generic catch handler can be placed anywhere after try block.

Q. The size of objects in C++ is expressed in terms of multiples of ____ size and the size of a “char” is _______

Q. What is the output of the following C++ code?

Q. A language able to generate new data types is called

Q. Which of the following operators is called “Output Flow Operator”?

Q. Which of the following operators is called “Input Flow Operator”?

Q. How many times does the “cout” in line 12 run?

Q. Exception handlers are declared with ____________ keyword.

Q. Streams that will be performing both input and output operations must be declared as class _________ .


Q. When base class is derived in protected mode, then_____________ .

1. public members of base class become private members of derived class.
2. public members of base class become protected members of derived class.
3. public members of base class become public members of derived class.
4. protected members of base class become protected members of derived class.
5. protected members of base class become private members of derived class.
6. protected members of base class become public members of derived class.

Q. class X, class Y and class Z are derived from class BASE. This is ______ inheritance.

Q. Which of the following are true about static member function?

1. They can access non-static data members.
2. They can call only other static member functions.
3. They can access global functions and data.
4. They can have this pointer.
5. They cannot be declared as const or volatile.

Q. The size of an object or type can be determined with which operator?

Q. Which function is used to write a single character to the console in C++?

Q. Which function is used to read a single character in the console in C++?

Q. What is the output of the following C++ program?

Q. Which of the following used to write a comment in C++?

Q. Which of the following escape sequence represents the carriage return?

Q. Which of the followings are true about constructors?

1. A class can have more than one constructor.
2. They can be inherited.
3. Their address can be referred.
4. Constructors cannot be declared in protected section of the class.
5. Constructors cannot return values.

Q. Generic pointers can be declared with__________ .

Q. Which of the following best defines the syntax for template function ?

Q. C structure differs from CPP class in regards that by default all the members of the structure are __________ in nature.

Q. Members of the class can be declared with auto, extern or register storage classes.

Q. Which of the following escape sequences represents a tab?

Q. What is the output of the following C++ program?

Q. Who created C++?

Q. What is the correct syntax for including a user-defined header file in C++?

Q. What is the output of the following C++ program?

Q. Which of the following is a correct identifier in C++?

Q. Which of the following operators is called “Address operator”?

Q. If default constructor is not defined, then how the objects of the class will be created?


Q. Which of the followings is/are not a manipulator/s ?

1. flush
2. base
3. ends
4. oct
5. bin
6. skipws

Q. An exception is thrown using _____________ keyword in CPP.

Q. Does both the loops in the following programs prints the correct string length?

Q. Following is the invalid inclusion of a file to the current program. Identify it

Q. To perform File I/O operations, we must use _____________ header file.

Q. Static variable in a class is initialized when _____ .


Q. Which of the following is the perfect set of operators that can’t be overloaded in CPP ?

Q. Which of the following is/are valid ways to allocate memory for an integer by dynamic memory allocation in CPP?


Q. If a program uses Inline Function, then the function is expanded inline at ___________.

Q. Which of the following is CPP style type-casting?

Q. What is the output of the following program?

Q. What is the output of the following program?

Q. With respective to streams >> (operator) is called as

Q.  Objects created using new operator are stored in __ memory.

Q. Class function which is called automatically as soon as the object is created is called as __

Q. A protected member of the class in accessible in

Q. By default the members of the structure are

Q.  Abstract class is __

Q. By default, members of the class are ____________ in nature.


Q. Reusability of the code can be achieved in CPP through _____

Q. ________ are used to format the data display in CPP.

Q. Default value of static variable is_____ .

Q. Which of the followings is/are pointer-to-member declarator?

Q. We can create objects of the abstract class.

Q. During dynamic memory allocation in CPP, new operator returns _________ value if memory allocation is unsuccessful.

Q.  Which of the following is not used to seek a file pointer?

Q. Which statement will output $lfc on the screen?

Q. Which of the below statements is equivalent to $sub -= $sub?

Q. Which of the following is the Release date of latest version (7.2) of php?

Q. Which of the following is the latest version of php?

Q. What does SPL stands for in Php?

Q. There are ............ error levels are available in PHP?

Q. Which version of PHP introduced the instance of keyword?

Q. Which of the following is the correct syntax of php?

Q. In which year php was created?

Q. Who among this is the founder of php language?

Q. PHP is a ____________ language?

Q. The term PHP is an acronym for PHP:_______________.

Q. Which of the following is used to create a session?

Q. What will be the output of the following PHP code?

Q. Which of the following function is used to compress a string?

Q. Which of the following variables is not a predefined variable in PHP?

Q. Which PHP function is used to find files?

Q. Which version of php introduced try/catch exception?

Q. what is the latest version of PHP?

Q.  How to define a function in PHP?

Q. Which one of the following property scopes is not supported by PHP?

Q. Which of the functions is used to sort an array in descending order?

Q.  PHP’s numerically indexed array begin with position ___________ .

Q. Which of the following PHP functions accepts any number of parameters?

Q. Which PHP function reads a single line from a file?

Q. Which PHP function reads a single character from a file?

Q. A function in PHP which starts with __ (double underscore) is known as __________ .

Q. Type Hinting was introduced in which version of PHP?

Q.  Who is the father of PHP?

Q. Which function in PHP is used to get the length of string variable?

Q. Which PHP function is used to get the current Unix timestamp with microseconds?

Q. Which PHP function modifies the timestamp?

Q. In which version of PHP E_STRICT Error level is introduced ?

Q. How many error levels are available in PHP ?

Q. ______ is used to unset a variable in PHP ?

Q. Which PHP function is used to add days, months, years, hours, minutes, and seconds to a date?

Q. The PHP date() function returns the ____.

Q. Which function is used to get ASCII value of a character in PHP ?

Q.  Which of following is not a Superglobals in PHP?

Q. Which sign is used to access variable of variable in PHP?

Q. Which of the following symbol is used to add multiple line comments in PHP ?

Q. PHP is a ............

Q. Which is the correct PHP statement to print the current time in the format of hour:minutes:seconds(am/pm) i.e., 10:22:54pm?

Q.  What will be the output of the following PHP code (if the date is 30th December 2021)?

Q. Which is the correct PHP statement to print the current date in DD-MON-YYY format?

Q. What is the complete syntax of PHP date() function?

Q. What is the valid set of characters (or, metacharacters) to find the Unicode character specified by the hexadecimal number xxxx?

Q. What is the search pattern to find any character from the range 5 to 8?

Q. What are the metacharacters in PHP Regular Expression?

Q. What will be the output of the following PHP code?

Q. What will be the output of the following PHP code?

Q. What is the return value of preg_match() function?

Q. Which PHP global variable is used to collect form data after submitting an HTML form with method="post"?

Q. Which PHP global variable is used to collect data after submitting an HTML form?

Q. Which element of the of PHP $_SERVER variable is used to get the filename of the currently executing script?

Q. Which element of the of PHP $_SERVER variable is used to get the path of the current script?

Q. What is the use of PHP $_SERVER variable?

Q. Which is not a valid PHP superglobal variable?

Q. Which PHP function is used to get one or more random keys from an array?

Q. Which PHP function is used to sort an associative array in descending order, according to the key?

Q. Which PHP function is used to check if a specified value exists in an array?

Q. Which PHP function is used to return the current element in an array?

Q. Which PHP function is used to sort an indexed array in descending order?

Q. What is the use of PHP sort() function?

Q. Which PHP function is used to sort multi-dimensional arrays?

Q. What is the difference between array_diff() and array_diff_assoc() functions?

Q. Which PHP function(s) is/are used to compare arrays and returns the differences?

Q. 111. Which is the correct example of an Associative array in PHP?



Q. Which is the correct example of an Indexed array in PHP?

Q. What is the difference between Indexed array and Associative array in PHP?

Q. Which is/are valid types of arrays in PHP?

Q. How many types of arrays are there in PHP?

Q. Which PHP function is used to create an array?

Q. Which is the correct syntax of defining function return type in PHP?

Q. Which is the correct syntax of defining a default argument value in PHP?

Q. What will be the output of the following PHP code?

Q. Which keyword is used to define a function in PHP?

Q. What will be the output of the following PHP code?

Q. What will be the output of the following PHP code?

Q. What is the use of PHP "continue" statement?

Q. Which PHP statement is used to jump out of a loop?

Q. What will be the output of the following PHP code?

Q. Which loop statement is used to loop through a block of code for each element in an array?

Q. Which loop statement is used to loop through a block of code a specified number of times?

Q. What will be the output of the following PHP code?

Q. How many loops are there in PHP?

Q. What will be the output of the following PHP code?



Q. Which PHP statement is used to select one of many blocks of code to be executed?

Q. What will be the output of the following PHP code?

Q. What will be the output of the following PHP code?



Q. Which PHP operator known as "Null coalescing" operator?

Q. What is name of PHP "<=>" operator?

Q. What will be the output of the following PHP code?

Q. What is name of PHP "===" operator?

Q. What is the scope of a constant in PHP?

Q. Give an example, how to define a constant array in PHP?

Q. What can be the value of case-insensitive parameter in define() function?

Q. Which is the correct syntax of define() function in PHP?

Q. Which keyword/function is used to create a constant in PHP?

Q. What is the use of PHP lcg_value() function?

Q. What is the use of PHP mt_rand() function?

Q. What is the correct syntax of PHP base_convert() function?

Q. Which PHP function is used to convert a number from one number base to another?

Q. Which PHP function is used to get the random number?

Q. What will be the output of the following PHP code?

Q. Which PHP function is used to get the square root of the given number?

Q.  Which PHP function is used to get the absolute value of the given number?

Q. Which PHP functions are used to find the lowest and highest values from a list of arguments?

Q. Which PHP function is used to get the value of PI?

Q. Which is the correct syntax to cast float to integer?

Q.  What will be the output of the following PHP code?

Q. PHP NaN stands for ____.

Q. Which is/are the function(s) to check if a numeric value is finite or infinite?

Q. Which is/are the function(s) to check if the type of a variable is float?



Q. What will be the output of the following PHP code?

Q. Which is/are the function(s) to check if the type of a variable is integer?

Q. Which PHP constant returns the size of an integer in bytes?

Q. Which PHP constant returns the largest integer supported?

Q. Which PHP functions are used to convert string to lowercase and uppercase?

Q. What will be the output of the following PHP code?

Q. Which PHP function is used to get the length of the string?

Q. What will be the output of the following PHP code?

Q. Which PHP function is used to print (output) a formatted string?

Q. There are two strings (in an array) "Hello" and "World", which is the correct PHP statement to join them with the separator ","?

Q. What is the complete syntax of join() function in PHP?

Q. Which function is used to convert hexadecimal values to the ASCII characters?

Q. What is the complete syntax of chunk_split() function in PHP?

Q. Which function is used to convert the ASCII value to the character?

Q. What will be the output of the following PHP code?

Q. Which function converts a string of ASCII characters to hexadecimal values?

Q. What will be the output of the following PHP code?



Q. What will be the output of the following PHP code?



Q. Which function is used to replace text within a string?

Q. What will be the output of the following PHP code?

Q. Which type is used to store the database call?

Q. What will be the output of the following PHP code?

Q. What is NULL in PHP?

Q. What will be the output of the following PHP code?

Q.  What will be the output of the following PHP code?



Q. A PHP integer data type can store values between ____.

Q. String is placed within _____.

Q. Which data type is not supported by PHP?

Q. What will be the output of the following PHP code?

Q. What will be the output of the following PHP code?



Q. There is a variable "name" that contains the name of a person, which is/are the correct print statement(s) to print the "name" suffix with "Hello".

Q. What is the correct syntax of print statement in PHP?

Q. There is a variable "name" that contains the name of a person, which is/are the correct echo statement(s) to print the "name" suffix with "Hello".

Q. What is the correct syntax of echo statement in PHP?

Q. Which statement is faster echo or print?

Q. What will be the output of the following PHP code?



Q. In the syntax of $GLOBALS[index], what does "index" hold?

Q. What is the name of an array that stores all global variables in PHP?

Q. There are two variables a, b which declared in global scope, which is the correct PHP statement to access them within a function?

Q. Which PHP keyword is used to access a global variable inside the function?

Q. What will be the output of the following PHP code?

Q. What will be the output of the following PHP code?

Q. A variable declared outside a function has a ____.

Q. Which is not a valid variable scope in PHP?

Q. How many variable scopes are there in PHP?

Q. Which statement is commonly used for PHP output?

Q. Which is not a valid variable name in PHP?

Q. Which sign is used to declare variables in PHP?

Q. PHP statements end with a ______.

Q. Multi-line comments can be written within the ____.

Q. Single line comments can be placed in PHP script by using which symbol?

Q. A PHP script starts with ____ and ends with ___.

Q. In which year PHP was developed?

Q. Who developed PHP?

Q. What is the extension of a PHP file?

Q. Which is/are statement(s) true about PHP?

Q. PHP is an acronym for ____.

Q. Which keys are used to terminate the command execution in the command prompt?

Q. The operators ">" and ">>" are known as ___.

Q. The operator __ is used to redirect the output of a command to the file without erasing all existing data of that file.

Q. The operator __ is used to redirect the output of a command to the file by erasing all existing data of that file.

Q. Which Linux command displays "cat" command's output with syntax highlighting or colorizing?

Q. The "od" command in Linux is used to convert the content of input in different formats with the octal format as the default format.

Q. The ___ command in Linux is used to convert the content of input in different formats with the octal format as the default format.

Q. How many types of basic permissions to grant a user?

Q. How many types of users are in Linux?

Q. Which Linux command is used to identify file type?

Q. Which argument and value with "lp" command specify the page orientation while printing a file?

Q. Which is the correct syntax to print the file using the default printer with multiple copies in Linux?

Q. Which is the correct syntax to print the file using the default printer in Linux?

Q. Which Linux command is used to print a file?

Q. Which Linux command is used to display the operating system name?

Q. Which Linux command is used to record a user login session in a file?

Q. The ___ term stands for the calendar. It displays the current month's calendar with the current day highlighted.

Q. The command ___ decompresses a file like gunzip command.

Q. Compressed files or zipped files can be viewed with the help of ___ command.

Q. Which Linux command is used to force all buffers to disk?

Q. OSS stands for ___.

Q. Which Linux command is used to clear the terminal if it gets filled up with too many commands?

Q. Which Linux command is used to check your connection to a server?

Q. The ___ command gives you your IP address in your network.

Q. Which Linux command is used to check the computer's hostname?

Q. Which Linux command is used to see the available disk space in each of the partitions in your system?

Q. The "sudo" command stands for ___.

Q. If you want any command to be done with administrative or root privileges, you can use the ___ command.

Q. Which Linux command is used to display the content of a file?

Q. Which is the correct command syntax to locate a file containing the words "hello" and "this"?

Q. Which argument with locate command helps us to ignore the case while searching the file in the Linux system?

Q. Just like the Windows Search command, which command is used in Linux

Q. Which is the correct command syntax to rename a file "abc.txt" to "pqr.txt"?

Q. Which Linux command is used to move files through the command line?

Q. Which Linux command is used to copy files through the command line?



Q. Which Linux command is used to create a new file?

Q. If you want to create a new directory named XYZ, which command will be used for this purpose?

Q. Which Linux command is used to go back from a folder to the folder before that?

Q. Which Linux command is used to see all the hidden files?

Q. Which Linux command is used to know which directory you are in?

Q. Which Linux command with vi Editor is used to delete a single character?



Q. Which Linux command is used to remove files?

Q. Which Linux command is used to count the total number of lines, words, and characters contained in a file?

Q. Which symbol represents the user's home directory?

Q. Which symbol represents the top-level directory?

Q. Which is/are the directories that come under the Binary directory?

Q. Who founded Linux Kernel?

Q. Which of the following is a type of polymorphism in Java Programming?

Q. What is not the use of “this” keyword in Java?

Q. Which of the following is not an OOPS concept in Java?

Q. Which environment variable is used to set the java path?

Q. What is the extension of java code files?

Q. Which statement is true about Java?

Q. Which component is used to compile, debug and execute the java programs?

Q. Which one of the following is not a Java feature?

Q. Which of these cannot be used for a variable name in Java?

Q. What will be the output of the following JavaScript code?

Q. What will be the output of the following JavaScript code?

Q. What will be the output of the following JavaScript code?

Q. What will be the output of the following JavaScript code?

Q. What will be the output of the following JavaScript code?

Q. What will be the output of the following JavaScript code?

Q. Which method is used to get the year of a date as a four-digit number?

Q. What does the Date object's method getTime() return?

Q. The internal clock in JavaScript counts from midnight _____.

Q. Which JavaScript method is used to convert a date to a UTC string (a date display standard)?

Q. What will be the output of the following JavaScript code?

Q. Which JavaScript statement(s) is correct to create Date object(s) with new Date() constructor?

Q. Which JavaScript object works with the dates?

Q. Which JavaScript method is used to create a new array with array elements that passes a test?

Q. What will be the output of the following JavaScript code?



Q. What will be the output of the following JavaScript code?

Q. Which JavaScript method is used to call a function (a callback function) once for each array element?

Q. What will be the output of the following JavaScript code?

Q.  What will be the output of the following JavaScript code?

Q. What will be the output of the following JavaScript code?



Q. What will be the output of the following JavaScript code?

Q. What will be the output of the following JavaScript code?

Q. What will be the output of the following JavaScript code?

Q. Which JavaScript method is used to get a number as a string?

Q. In JavaScript, the string template literals use ____ rather than the quotes ("") to define a string?

Q. What will be the output of the following JavaScript code?

Q. Which is/are the valid JavaScript method(s) to extract string parts?

Q. What will be the output of the following JavaScript code?

Q. Which is the correct JavaScript statement to define string as object?

Q. Which character is used to break up a code line within a text string in JavaScript?

Q. What will be the output of the following JavaScript code?

Q. Which property is used to get the length of a string in JavaScript?

Q. Which is the correct syntax to access an object property in JavaScript?

Q. In JavaScript a variable contains one value while an object may contain ___.

Q. What will be the output of the following JavaScript code?

Q. Which is the correct syntax for the function definition?

Q. Which keyword is used to define a JavaScript function?

Q.  What will be the output of the following JavaScript code?

Q. Which is the correct syntax of JavaScript typeof operator?

Q. Which JavaScript operator is used to determine the type of a variable?

Q. JavaScript objects are written with _____.

Q. JavaScript arrays are written with _____.

Q. What will be the output of the following JavaScript code?

Q. What will be the output of the following JavaScript code?

Q. Which is the exponentiation operator in JavaScript?

Q. What is the output of the following JavaScript code?

Q. What is the output of the following JavaScript code?

Q. What is the output of the following JavaScript code?

Q. What is the output of the following JavaScript code?

Q. What is the default value of an uninitialized variable?

Q. What will be the value of VALUE?

Q. Which is the correct syntax to declare a constant in JavaScript?

Q. The const keyword is used to define a ______.

Q. What is the main difference between var and let keywords in JavaScript?

Q. How many keywords are there in JavaScript to declare variables or constants?

Q. Which JavaScript keyword is used to declare a variable?

Q. In JavaScript, multi-line comments start with __ and end with ___.

Q. In JavaScript, single line comment begins with ___.

Q. What is the use of this JavaScript statement?

Q. Which is the correct JavaScript statement to print the addition of two numbers 10 and 2o in a paragraph whose id is "result"?

Q. Which is the correct JavaScript statement to display "Hello Boss!" into an alert box?

Q. Which JavaScript method is used to write into an alert box?

Q. Which JavaScript method is used to write on browser's console?

Q. Which JavaScript method is used to write HTML output?

Q. Which property is used to define the HTML content to an HTML element with a specific id?

Q. Which JavaScript method is used to access an HTML element by id?

Q. Which is the correct syntax to call an external JavaScript file in the current HTML document?

Q. JavaScript ignores?

Q. Which symbol is used separate JavaScript statements?

Q.  JavaScript code can be written in ____.

Q. In which HTML element, we put the JavaScript code?

Q. Which of the following statement(s) is true about the JavaScript?

Q. Which type of JavaScript language is _____?

Q. JavaScript is the programming language of the _____.

Q. What will be the output of following Java code?

Q. The result of dividing by 0 in Java is ___.

Q. Which Java keyword is used to access features of a package?

Q. Jar in java stands for ___.

Q.  Which escape character is used for word character in regex?

Q. What is the full form of AWT?

Q. Which Java method is used to get the version of running java VM?

Q. Which method in java is used to get the name of running java VM?

Q. What is the default encoding of OutstreamWriter?

Q. Which Java method is used to detect the OS in which Java program is being run?

Q. Which Java method is used to add all of the specified elements to the specified collection?

Q. Which Java method is used to clear element of ArrayList?

Q. Which of the following sorts the elements were inserted?

Q. What will be the output of following Java code?

Q. What is a set in Java?

Q. What is a map in Java?

Q.  What are regexes in Java?

Q. The trim() method in Java used to ___.

Q. Which of the following methods is used to extract the length of a string in Java?

Q. Which method is used to convert radians to degree in Java?

Q. What will be the output of following Java code?

Q. Multithreading in java is ___.

Q. Which thread is executed in the background?

Q. Which of these is a property of threads in Java?

Q. Which method in Java is used to check for NaN values?

Q. Which of these is not a valid Boolean method in Java?

Q. What is boolean in Java?

Q. When a finally block executed in Java?

Q. Which of these is a non-access modifier?

Q. Empty interface in Java is called?

Q. What are packages in Java?

Q. What is polymorphism in Java?

Q. The 'implements' keyword is used to ___.

Q. Which of the following inheritance of class is invalid in Java?

Q. Which keyword is used to inherit classes in Java?

Q. Which statement is correct for private member in Java?

Q. Which of the following ways is the correct way to create an object in Java?

Q. Enumeration in Java is ___.

Q. Null in Java is ___.

Q. Batch processing in java is ___.

Q. Which graph is used to check for deadlock in Java?

Q.  What is a deadlock in Java?

Q. What will be the output of following Java code?

Q. Which of the following statements is not correct for vectors in Java?

Q. Which of the following methods are present in comparator interface?

Q. What is a comparator in Java?

Q. Which Java method is used to convert an object to string?

Q. Encapsulation is ___. 

Q.  Which of these is true for interfaces in java?

Q. What will be the output of following Java code?

Q. Which syntax is valid to create a vector in java?

Q. Which of the following is a valid data structure in java?

Q. What is stringBuffer in java?

Q.  In java, recursion is ___.

Q. Which method in java is used to generate random numbers in Java?

Q. Which is/are valid method(s) of math library in java

Q. The correct syntax to import the math library in java is ___.

Q. Which method in java is used to read lines from file?

Q. Which method deletes a file in Java?

Q. Which method is used to add a new line to file in Java?

Q. Which is the correct absolute path of a file in Java?

Q. How can we access methods for file handling in java?

Q. What is file handling in java?

Q. Abstract class is ___.

Q. Wrapper class in java is ___.

Q. The super() method is used to ___.

Q. The 'super' keyword is used to ___.

Q. What will be the output of following Java code?

Q. 'this' keyword in java is ___. 

Q. BigInteger Class is used to ___.

Q. Static variables in java are declared as ___.

Q. What is garbage collection in java?

Q. Object in java are ___.

Q. Which of these is the correct method to create an array in java?

Q. Array in java is ___.

Q. Can the Java program accept input from the command line?

Q. What will be the output of following Java code?

Q. The break statement in Java is used to ___.

Q. Finally block is attached to?

Q. Which of the following can be declared as final in java?

Q. Which type of casting is lossy in Java?

Q. What is type casting in Java?

Q. What will be the output of following Java code?

Q. Which of these is a type of variable in Java?

Q. Which of the following is the correct syntax to create a variable in Java?

Q.  Method used to take a string as input in Java?

Q. Which class in Java is used to take input from the user?

Q. Which keyword in java is used for exception handling?

Q.  What is the entry point of a program in Java?

Q. Multiline comment is created using ___.

Q. What are the types of memory allocated in memory in java?

Q.  What makes the Java platform independent?

Q. JRE stands for ___.

Q. JDK stands for ____.

Q. In C#, structures are used for ___ objects such as mobiles, cars, etc.

Q. Which is the first line of a C# program?

Q.  Which is the C# class from which data type UInt is derived?

Q. Which access specifier should be used for Main() method in C#?



Q. How many catch blocks can be used with a single try block in C#?

Q. C# pointer can only be declared to hold the memory address of ___.

Q. A C# pointer is used to store the ___ of another type.

Q. Which modifier is used to while redefining an abstract method by a derived class in C#?

Q. Which type of class does not have its own objects but acts as a base class for its subclass in C#?

Q. Which of the access specifier is used in interface in C#?

Q. Which of the following cannot be used to declare an interface in C#?

Q. In C#, the objects created using new operator are stored in ___.

Q.  In C#, by default, the default interface methods are ___.

Q. Which keyword is used to declare an interface in C#?

Q. What is the C# keyword which is used to change data and behaviour of a base class by replacing a member of the base class with a new derived member?

Q.  What will be the output of the following C# code?

Q. Which C# concept has the capability of an object to take number of different forms and hence display behaviour as accordingly?

Q. The protected access modifier defines a member that can be accessible within ___.

Q. The internal access modifier is used for ___.

Q. What does the access modifier do in C#?

Q. How many types of access modifiers in C#?

Q. Which is not a type of constructor in C#?

Q. Which operator is used to access variables/fields inside a class in C#?

Q. Which is the correct way to declare an object of the class in C#?

Q. Which keyword is used to define a class in C#?

Q. Which of the correct syntax to declare an array with 2 rows and 3 columns in C#?

Q. What will be the output of the following C# code?

Q. What will be the output of the following C# code?

Q. Which array method is used to sort an array alphabetically or in an ascending order in C#?

Q. What will be the output of the following C# code?

Q.  Which array property is used to get the total number of elements in C#?

Q. Which statement is correct about the following C# statement?

Q. What will be the output of the following C# code?

Q. What will be the output of the following C# code?

Q. To declare an array, define the variable type with ___.

Q. What will be the output of the following C# code?



Q.  What will be the output of the following C# code?

Q. What will be the output of the following C# code?

Q. What is String.Length in C#?

Q. Which is the correct method to convert given string in uppercase?

Q. Except == operator, which methods can be used to compare two strings?

Q. Which String class operator is used to determine whether two specified strings have different values?

Q. Which is the base class of the String() Constructor?

Q. What is String in C# meant for?

Q. Which C# keyword is used to coming out from the loop?

Q.  What is the use of 'throw' statement in C#?

Q. Which is the correct for() statement to run an infinite loop?

Q. What will be the output of the following C# code?

Q. What will be the output of the following C# code?

Q. What will be the output of the following C# code?



Q. What will be the output of the following C# code?

Q. What will be the output of the following C# code?



Q. What will be the output of the following C# code?



Q. What will be the output of the following C# code?



Q. What is the difference between Console.Write() and Console.WriteLine() methods in C#?

Q. Which is/are the correct method(s) to input a float value in C#?

Q. What will be the output of the following C# code, if the input is 123?

Q. What will be the output of the following C# code, if the input is 123?

Q. What is 'Console' in C#?

Q. What will be the output of the following C# code?



Q. What will be the output of the following C# code?

Q. Which is the correct C# statement to convert a float value to int explicitly?

Q. Which is the correct order for explicit type conversion to convert a larger to a smaller type in C#?

Q. Which is the correct order for implicit type conversion to convert a smaller to a larger type in C#?

Q. Which is not a valid C# data type?

Q. What is the correct syntax to define a C# constant?

Q. Which C# keyword is used to define a constant?

Q. Which data type is used to store text value in C#?

Q. What is the correct syntax to declare a variable in C#?

Q. In C#, the multi-line comments placed within the ___.

Q. In C#, a single-line comment starts with ___.

Q. Every C# statement is terminated by ___.

Q. Which symbols are used to mark the beginning and end of a code block?

Q. SOAP in C# stands for ___.

Q. What does the CLR in C# do?

Q. What is CLR in C#?

Q. .Net CLR is equivalent to?

Q. CLR stands for ___.

Q. Who is the founder of C# programming language?

Q. What is the extension of a C# language file?

Q.  C# programming language is used to develop -

Q.  C# runs on the ___.

Q. C# is a programming language, developed by ___.

Q. Which input type reset defines a reset button that will reset all form values to their default values?

Q. Which tag is used to display a clickable button?

Q. Which tag is used to display a submit button?

Q. Which tag is used to display a checkbox?

Q. Which tag is used to display a radio button?

Q. Which tag is used to display a single-line text input field?

Q. Which tag is used to create an HTML form for user input?

Q. What is the correct syntax for <iframe> tag?

Q. Which tag specifies an inline frame?

Q. Which attribute is used to specify a unique id for an HTML element?

Q.  Which attribute is often used to point to a class name in a style sheet?

Q. Which tag is a block-level element?

Q. Which tag is used to define description lists?

Q. Which tag is used to define list items?

Q. Which tag is used to define unordered listing?

Q. Which tag is used to define ordered listing?

Q. Each table header is defined by a ____ tag.

Q. Each table row is defined by a ____ tag.

Q. Each table cell is defined by a ____ tag.

Q. Which HTML tag is used to define a table?

Q. Which attribute specifies an alternate text for the image?

Q.  Which attribute specifies the path to the image?

Q. What is the correct syntax of <img> tag?

Q. Which tag is used to embed an image in an HTML document?

Q. Which ____ attribute specifies where to open the linked document?

Q. Why "href" attribute is used with <a> tag?

Q. Which is the correct syntax of <a> tag?

Q. Which HTML tag is used to define a hyperlink?

Q. Which tag is used to override the current text direction?

Q. What HTML tag is used to define the contact information for the author/owner of a document or an article?

Q. What is the correct HTML syntax of <abbr> tag?

Q. Which HTML tag is used to define an abbreviation or an acronym?

Q. Which HTML tag is used to define a short quotation?

Q. Which is the correct HTML statement to display H20 in a paragraph?

Q. Which HTML tag is used to define superscript text?

Q. Which HTML tag is used to define subscript text?

Q. Which HTML tag is used to define underline inserted text?

Q. Which HTML tag is used to define strike a line through deleted text?

Q. Which HTML tag is used to define marked or highlighted text?

Q. Which HTML tag is used to define smaller text?

Q. Which HTML tag is used to define emphasized text?

Q. Which HTML tag is used to define italic text?

Q. Which HTML tag is used to define text with strong importance?

Q. Which HTML tag is used to define bold text, without any extra importance?

Q. Which is the correct HTML statement to define the red color of the paragraph text?

Q. Which HTML attribute is used to define styles of an element?

Q. Which tag is used to define preformatted text?

Q. Which tag is used to define a line break?

Q. Which tag is used to display a horizonal rule (horizonal line)?

Q. HTML headings are defined with the _____ tags.

Q.  HTML tags with no content are called _____.

Q. Who invented HTML?

Q. Which tag is the root element of an HTML page?

Q.  Which tag contains the meta information about the HTML page?

Q. Which tag/element defines the HTML document's body?

Q. Which element/tag defines a paragraph?

Q. Which is the correct syntax to include comment in an HTML document?

Q. HTML is the standard ____language for creating Web pages.

Q. What is the default size for normal text, like paragraphs?

Q. What does 'padding: 50px 20px;' specifies?

Q. The CSS border property specifies the style, color, and ___ of an element's border.

Q. In this line of code, what is the use of the alt attribute?

Q. Among the following CSS properties, which property is not a shorthand property?

Q. In CSS, what does HSL stands for?

Q. The Hex Code for the red color is ___.

Q. In the given line of code, identify the type of selector used.

Q. Where do we store external stylesheets?

Q. Which one is a fallback font?

Q.  Which CSS property is not supported by the Firefox browser?

Q. The text-align property defines the ___ alignment of text in an element.

Q. What does this line of code explain?

Q. Is border-image prWhich cursor property value indicates that the program is busy?operty animatable?

Q. Which of the following properties specify the width of the borders?

Q. Which line of code represents a universal selector?

Q. Which line of code specifies playing an animation with the same speed from beginning to the end?

Q. Which is the correct syntax for adding animation?

Q. The default value of justify-content property is ___.

Q. Which line of code is a must to write to apply CSS Flexbox properties?

Q. Which of these units of length is supported by Chrome Version 1.0?

Q. Which of the following CSS properties are animatable?

Q. Which is the most widely used font in customizing web pages?

Q. Which selector selects the markers of list items?

Q. This selector selects all the <h> elements where the parent is a <div> element

Q. What is the CSS Entity for the character '#'?

Q. Amongst the following browsers, which browser supports almost all the CSS properties?

Q. ___ means 4 times the size of the current font.

Q. The ___ property is used in the positioning of the background image.

Q. How many color names does CSS supports?

Q. In this line of code, identify the selector ___.

Q. The CSS property used to change text sizes?

Q. Can we link multiple stylesheets to a single page?

Q. The <style> in Internal CSS refers to ___.

Q. In how many ways can CSS be added to HTML?

Q. Which CSS function uses the smallest value?

Q. Which CSS function uses the largest value?

Q. Which CSS function performs a calculation to be used as the property value?

Q. Which CSS property specifies the opacity/transparency of an element?

Q. What are the valid values for "position" property?

Q. HTML elements are positioned ___ by default.

Q. Which CSS property specifies the type of positioning method used for an element?

Q. Which CSS property specifies if/how an element is displayed?

Q. Which CSS property specifies an image as the list item marker?

Q. Which is the correct CSS statement is used to remove the markers/bullets?

Q. Which CSS property specifies the type of list item marker?

Q. Which is the correct CSS statement to define multiple font families?

Q. What are the valid values of vertical-align property?

Q. Which CSS property sets the vertical alignment of an element?

Q. Which CSS property specifies how to align the last line of a text?

Q.  What are the valid values of "text-decoration" property?

Q. What are the valid values of text-transform property?

Q. Which is the correct CSS statement to capitalize the first letter of each word?

Q. Which CSS property is used to specify uppercase and lowercase letters in a text?

Q. Which CSS property adds shadow to text?

Q. Which CSS property is used to specify the space between the words in a text?

Q. Which CSS property is used to specify the space between lines?

Q. Which CSS property is used to specify the space between the characters in a text?

Q. Which CSS property is used to specify the indentation of the first line of a text?

Q. What is the use of "text-align:justify" in CSS?

Q. What are the valid values of text-align property?

Q. Which CSS property and value is used to center an element?

Q. If you want to use a green dotted border around an image, which CSS property is used for that?

Q. Which CSS property is used to style the hyperlinks on hover (Mouse over)?

Q. Which of the following is the correct syntax to remove the underline on hyperlinks and visited hyperlinks?

Q. What is the correct syntax of border property in CSS?

Q. Which is the correct inline CSS for p tag to define paragraph's text and background colors?

Q. What is/are the correct value(s) of font-weight property?

Q. Why font-weight property is used?

Q. What are the valid values of font-style property?

Q. To make a text italic, which CSS property is used?

Q. Which property is used to define the font of the element's text?

Q. From the given options which is/are the valid way to represent a color?

Q. Which property is used to define the background color?

Q. Which property is used to define the text color?

Q. CSS comments are placed within the ______.

Q. Inline styles are written within the _____ attribute.

Q. Internal styles are written within the _____ element.

Q. In a CSS file, there is a CSS rule for paragraphs tags – what does p can be called?

Q. What is a CSS selector?

Q. What is the correct syntax for referring an external CSS?

Q. What CSS describes?

Q. A text file contains only textual information consisting of ___.

Q. Amongst which of the following is / are the method used to unpickling data from a binary file?

Q. Amongst which of the following is / are the method of convert Python objects for writing data in a binary file?

Q. The module Pickle is used to ___.

Q. mongst which of the following function is / are used to create a file and writing data?

Q. The seek() method is used to ___.

Q. The write() method takes a string as an argument and ___.

Q. The function file_object.close() is used to ___.

Q. Amongst which of the following is / are needed to open an existing file?

Q. Amongst which of the following is / are the key functions used for file handling in Python?

Q. Amongst which of the following is a function which does not have any name?

Q. What will be the output of the following Python code?

Q. Amongst which of the following shows the types of function calls in Python?

Q. A function is a group of related statements which designed specifically to perform a ___.

Q. Amongst which of the following is / are true with reference to loops in Python?

Q.  The ___ is a built-in function that returns a range object that consists series of integer numbers, which we can iterate using a for loop.

Q. Amongst which of the following is / are true about the while loop?

Q. The continue keyword is used to ___ the current iteration in a loop.

Q. The for loop in Python is used to ___ over a sequence or other iterable objects.

Q. Loops are known as ___ in programming.

Q. What will be the output of the following Python code?

Q. What will be the output of the following Python code?

Q. What will be the output of the following Python code?

Q. In Python, the break and continue statements, together are called ___ statement.

Q. An ___ statement has less number of conditional checks than two successive ifs.

Q. In Python, ___ defines a block of statements.

Q. Consider the following code segment and identify what will be the output of given Python code?

Q. What will be the output of the following Python code?

Q. What will be the output of the following Python code?

Q. What will be the output of the following Python code?

Q. In a Python program, Nested if Statements denotes?

Q. Which of the following is false regarding conditional statement in Python?

Q. Which of the following is not used as conditional statement in Python?

Q. Amongst which of the following is / are the conditional statement in Python code?

Q. Amongst which of the following if syntax is true?

Q. Conditional statements are also known as ___ statements.

Q. The following is used to define a ___.

Q. Python Dictionary is used to store the data in a ___ format.

Q. The list.index(x[, start[, end]]) is used to ___.

Q. Amongst which of the following is / are the method of list?

Q. The % operator returns the ___.

Q. What is the name of the operator ** in Python?

Q. Amongst which of the following is / are the logical operators in Python?

Q. bytes, bytearray, memoryview are type of the ___ data type.

Q. Float type of data type is represented by the float class.

Q. list, tuple, and range are the ___ of Data Types.

Q. Amongst which of the following is / are the Numeric Types of Data Types?

Q. Amongst which of the following is / are the application areas of Python programming?

Q. Amongst the following, who is the developer of Python programming?

Q. Python is a ___object-oriented programming language.

Q. Choose a correct C Statement about Strings.

Q. How do you accept a Multi Word Input in C Language?

Q. What is the maximum length of a C String?

Q. What is the Format specifier used to print a String or Character array in C Printf or Scanf function?

Q. What is a String in C Language?

Q. Choose a correct statement about a Multidimensional array and pointer.

Q. A multidimensional array of dimension N is a collection of

Q. Choose a correct statement about a C Multidimensional array.

Q. Array of Arrays is also called.?

Q. Difference between C Arrays, ary[10] and cry[10][10] is.

Q. Choose correct statement about C array pointers.

Q. Choose a correct statement with array pointers.

Q. What is the dimension of the C array int ary[10][5].?

Q. What is the function used to allocate memory to an array at run time without initializing array elements?

Q. What is the function used to allocate memory to an array at run time with Zero initial value to each?

Q. If an integer array pointer is incremented, how many bytes will be skipped to reach next element location?

Q. What is a multidimensional array in C Language?

Q. What is the need for C arrays.?

Q. Can we change the starting index of an array from 0 to 1 in any way.?

Q. What happens when you try to access an Array variable outside its Size.?

Q. What is the value of an array element which is not initialized?

Q. What is the output of C program with arrays.?

Q. What is the output of C Program with arrays.?

Q. What is the output of C program with arrays?

Q. What is the output of C program with arrays and pointers.?

Q. An entire array is always passed by ___ to a called function.

Q. What is an array Base Address in C language.?

Q. What is the output of C program?

Q. What is the output of C Program?

Q. What is the output of C Program?

Q. What is the output of C Program? 

Q. Choose a correct statement about C language arrays.

Q. An array Index starts with?

Q. What are the Types of Arrays?

Q. Choose a correct statement about C language arrays.

Q. What is an Array in C language.?

Q. Choose a correct statement about Recursive Function in C language.

Q. How many functions are required to create a recursive functionality?

Q. What is the C keyword that must be used to achieve expected result using Recursion?

Q. A recursive function without If and Else conditions will always lead to?

Q. A recursive function is faster than __ loop.

Q. A recursive function can be replaced with __ in c language.

Q. What is the output of C Program with Recursive Function?

Q. What is the output of C Program with recursive function?

Q. What is the output of C Program with functions?

Q. What is the output of C Program with pointers?

Q. What is the output of C Program with pointers?

Q. What is the output of C Program with pointers?

Q. What is the output of C Program with functions?

Q. What is the output of C Program with functions?

Q. What is the output of C Program with pointers.?

Q. What is the output of a C Program with functions and pointers.?

Q. What are the data type of variables that can be returned by a C Function.?

Q. What is the output of C Program with functions?

Q. What do you call this C Function calling itself.?

Q. What is the default return value of a C function if not specified explicitly.?

Q. Choose a non Library C function below.

Q. Choose a correct statement with C Functions.

Q. What is the output of C Program with functions?

Q. What is the output of C program with functions?

Q. Choose a corrects statement about C language function arguments.

Q. Arguments received by a function in C language are called ___ arguments.

Q. Arguments passed to a function in C language are called ___ arguments.

Q. What do you call STAR * and Ampersand & in a c program context.?

Q. What is the output of C Program with functions and pointers.?

Q. What is the output of C Program with functions and pointers.?

Q. What characters are allowed in a C function name identifier.?

Q. What is the maximum number of statements that can present in a C function?

Q. What is the output of C Program with functions?

Q. What is the minimum number of functions to be present in a C Program?

Q. Every C Program should contain which function?

Q. What is the limit for number of functions in a C Program.?

Q. Choose correct statements about C Language Pass By Value.

Q.  What is the output of C Program with functions and pointers?

Q. What is the output of C Program?

Q. What is the output of C program with functions?

Q. What are types of Functions in C Language.?

Q. What is the output of C Program with functions.?

Q. What is the output of C Program with functions?

Q. What is the output of C Program.?

Q. What is the output of a C program with functions.?

Q. How many values can a C Function return at a time.?

Q. What is the output of C Program with functions.?

Q. What is the output of C Program with functions.?

Q. What is the output of C Program with Functions.?

Q. A function which calls itself is called a ___ function.

Q. Choose a correct statement about C Function.?

Q. Choose a correct statement about C Language Functions.

Q. Choose correct statement about Functions in C Language.

Q. Choose a correct statement about a C Switch Construct.

Q. What is the output of C Program with switch statement or block.?

Q. What is the output of C Program with switch statement or block?

Q. What is the output of C Program with switch statement or block?

Q. What is the output of C Program with switch statement or block?

Q. What is the output of C program with switch statement or block?

Q. What is the output of C Program with switch statement or block?

Q. What is the output of C program with switch statement or block.?

Q. What is the output of C Program with switch statement or block.?

Q. What is the output of C Program with switch statement or block.?

Q. What is the output of C Program with switch statement.?

Q. What is the output of C Program with Switch Statement.?

Q. Expand or Abbreviate ASCII with regard to C Language.

Q. What is the output of C Program.?

Q. What is the output of C Program?

Q. Choose a correct C Statement regarding for loop.

Q. Choose a correct statement about C language break; statement.

Q. Choose a correct statement about C break; statement.

Q. What is the output of C Program?

Q. Choose facts about continue; statement is C Language.

Q. What is the way to suddenly come out of or Quit any Loop in C Language?

Q. What is the output of C Program?

Q. What is the output of C Program?

Q. What is the output of C Program?

Q. What is the output of C Program?

Q. Choose correct Syntax for C Arithmetic Compound Assignment Operators.

Q. Choose a correct C Statement.

Q. What is the output of C Program?

Q. What is the output of C Program?

Q. What is the output of C Program.?

Q. What is the output of C Program.?

Q. What is the output of C Program.?

Q. Which loop is faster in C Language, for, while or Do While.?

Q. Loops in C Language are implemented using.?

Q. Choose a right C Statement.

Q. What is the output of C Program.?

Q. What is the output of C Program.?

Q. Choose a correct C Operator Priority.?
Items in one group ( ) has same priority.

Q. What is the Priority of C Logical Operators.? NOT (!), AND (&&) and OR (||)

Q. What is the output of the C Program.?

Q. Choose a statement to use C If Else statement.

Q. Choose a correct statement regarding C Comparison Operators.

Q. What is the output of C Program.?

Q. What is the output of the C Program.?

Q. What is the output of the C Program.?

Q. What is the output of C Program.?

Q. What is the output of the C statement.?

Q. Choose a syntax for C Ternary Operator from the list.

Q. What is the other name for C Language ?: Question Mark Colon Operator.?

Q. Choose a C Conditional Operator from the list.

Q. What is the output of the C Program?

Q. What is the output of the C Program?

Q. What is the output of the C Program?

Q. What is the output of the C Program?

Q. What is the output of the C Program?

Q. What is the output of the C Program?

Q. What is the output of the C Program?

Q. What is the output of the C Program?

Q. What is the output of the C statement.?

Q. What is the Priority among (*, /, %), (+, -) and (=) C Operators.?

Q. In C language, which Operator group has more priority between (*, / and %) and (+, -) groups.?

Q. What is the priority of operators *, / and % in C language.?

Q. What is the output of the program?

Q. What is the output of the C program with Modulo Division operator with - or Negative numbers.?

Q. Can you use C Modulo Division operator % with float and int?

Q. What is the output of the program.?

Q. Choose a right statement.

Q. Choose a right statement.

Q. If both numerator and denominator of a division operation in C language are integers, then we get.?

Q. Choose a right statement.

Q. Choose a right statement.

Q. Choose a right statement.

Q. Choose right statement.

Q. Choose a right statement.

Q. Choose a right statement.

Q. Choose a right statement.

Q. Output of an arithmetic expression with integers and real numbers is ___ by default.?

Q. Operator % in C Language is called.?

Q. What is the output of the program.?
#include<stdio.h>

Q. What is the output of the program.?

Q. What is the output the program?

Q. What is the output of the C Program statement?

Q. What is the output of the program?

Q. What is the output of the program?

Q. What is the output of the program.?
#include<stdio.h>

Q. Choose a right statement.

Q. Choose a right statement.

Q. Choose a correct statement.

Q. Choose a right statement.

Q. Choose a right statement.

Q. What is the difference between Declaration and Definition.?

Q. Choose right statement

Q. Choose a correct statement about static variable.

Q. Which among the following is a Global Variable?

Q. Which among the following is a Local Variable?

Q. Variables of type auto, static and extern are all stored in?

Q. A register variable is stored in a Register. Where does a Register Present in a Computer?

Q. What is the default C Storage Class for a variable?

Q. Find a C Storage Class below.

Q. Every C Variable must have?

Q. What is a C Storage Class.?

Q. If you do not specify a storage class for a Variable?

Q. Left most bit 0 in Singed representation indicates?

Q. Range of float variable is.?

Q. Size of float, double and long double in Bytes are?

Q. Ranges of signed int and unsigned int are?

Q. Range of signed char and unsigned char are.?

Q. Sizes of short, int and long in Visual Studio or GCC compiler in bytes are.?

Q. Sizes of short, int and long in a Turbo C C++ compiler in bytes are.?

Q. Size of a GCC or Visual Studio C Compiler is.?

Q. Size of a Turbo C C++ compiler is.?

Q. signed and unsigned representation is available for.?

Q. Types of Real numbers in C are.?

Q. Types of Integers are?

Q. Find a correct C Keyword.

Q. Find a correct C Keyword below.

Q. Find a correct C Keyword below.

Q. Identify wrong C Keywords below.

Q. Identify wrong C Keywords below.

Q. Identify wrong C Keywords below.

Q. Choose a correct statement.

Q. Each statement in a C program should end with?

Q. Number of Keywords present in C Language are?

Q. Choose a right statement.

Q. A Variable of a particular type can hold only a constant of the same type. Choose right answer.

Q. Find a Character constant.

Q. Find a Floating Point constant.

Q. Find an integer constant.

Q. Choose correct statements

Q. What are the types of Constants in C Language?

Q. C Programs are used in?

Q. An Identifier can start with.?

Q. What is length of an Identifier that is unique for Non Global Variables and Non Function Names.?

Q. What is the number of characters used to distinguish Identifier or Names of Functions and Global variables.?

Q. An Identifier may contain?

Q. What is an Identifier in C Language?

Q. Choose the correct answer.?

Q. Single Line Comment // is also called.?

Q. Correct way of commenting a single line is?

Q. Choose correct answer..

Q. C program is a combination of?

Q. C language is used in the development of ?

Q. C language was invented in the year?

Q. C language was invented to develop which Operating System?

Q. BCPL Language is also called?

Q. C language was invented in which laboratories?

Q. What are the new features of C11 or ISO IEC 9899 2011 standard?

Q. What is the present C Language Standard?

Q. C is _______ type of programming language?

Q. Which program outputs "Hello World.." ?

Q. High level language is a ?

Q. Low level language is?

Q. C is a which level language?

Q. C Language is a successor to which language?

Q. Who invented C Language.?

Q. To successfully override a superclass method in Java, the access modifier of the method of the subclass can be ___ restrictive.

Q. An Overridden method is the method of ____ class and the overriding method is the method of ___ class.

Q. What are the advantages of Method Overriding in Java?

Q. If the method signature of a Superclass and the method signature of a Subclass are the same, then the subclass method is said to be _____ the superclass's method.

Q. A failed method overriding calls the method of a ___ in Java.

Q. Why should a method be overridden in Java instead of writing a method with a different name?

Q. What is method overriding in Java?

Q. What is the maximum number of levels possible in a Multilevel Inheritance in Java?

Q. To stop or block inheriting a given class, the ___ keyword is used before the class.

Q. To control inheritance to different classes and levels, Java provides ____.

Q. Which is the keyword used to implement inheritance in Java?

Q. When a Class inherits two superclasses (not in Java), it is called ____ inheritance.

Q. In a Multi-Level Inheritance in Java, the last subclass inherits methods and properties of ____.

Q. What are the types of Inheritances (Whether Java supports or not) available in Object-Oriented Programming Languages?

Q. Java language supports ___ type of inheritance.

Q. The class that inherits an already defined class is called ___.

Q. The class that is being inherited or subclassed is called ___.

Q. What are the features reused using Inheritance in Java?

Q. What are the features of an Object Oriented Programming (OOPs)?

Q. What is the maximum number of methods or constructors with Varargs in a single Java class?

Q. How many maximum numbers of Varargs or Variable-Arguments can be there in a method or a constructor in Java?

Q. Which is the operator used to represent a Vararg type in a method or constructor in Java?

Q. Which is the error thrown when two methods with varargs look the same to the compiler?

Q. A Java vararg is a ____.

Q. A Java-Vararg is nothing but ____.

Q. Java Varargs are applicable only for ___.

Q. Which are the methods used to parse string values to the respective data types in Java?

Q. Which is the exception or error that is thrown if a non-existing command-line argument is referred to in a Java program?

Q. To pass a string as a command-line argument in Java, you need to surround the text within a pair of ___.

Q. The delimiter used to separate command-line arguments in Java is ____.

Q. The data that is passed at the time of running a Java program as command-line arguments are converted into ___ data type.

Q. The type of Arguments the MAIN method accepts is ___.

Q. The command-line arguments in Java are used along with a ____ command.

Q. Which is the method that accepts data passed in the form of command-line arguments in Java?

Q. When a Java program is executed once, how many times can you pass data using the Command-line arguments?

Q. The command-line arguments are passes at ____.

Q. What is the maximum number of levels in a Recursion?

Q. To end a recursive method a RETURN statement is usually kept inside ___.

Q. Attempting to call a method recursively without a proper RETURN statement leads to ___.

Q. Which is the common problem with Recursive methods in Java?

Q. Uses are Recursion in Java are___.

Q. Recursion in Java applies to ___.

Q. Java uses Stack type memory instead of Heap type memory in implementing Recursion because of ___ feature of STACK.

Q. Java uses ___ type of memory to implement Recursion.

Q. Which is the overloaded static method of Math class to get absolute value in Java?

Q. Java method overloading implements the OOPS concept ___.

Q. To successfully overload a method in Java, the method names must be ___.

Q. To successfully overload a method in Java, the argument-list or parameter-list must be ___.

Q. To successfully overload a method in Java, the return types must be ___.

Q. Java constructor overloading follows ___ principle in Object-Oriented programming.

Q. In Java, you can pass __ variables from one constructor to another overloaded constructor.

Q. A constructor can call another overloaded constructor using the ___ keyword in Java.

Q. Overloading of constructors in Java means adding more than ___ constructors with the different argument list.

Q. In Java, a constructor with no parameters or no arguments is called ___ constructor.

Q. Memory is allocated to an object once the execution of ___ is over in Java language.

Q. The purpose of a Java constructor is ___.

Q. The placement of a constructor inside a class should be ___.

Q. The name of a constructor and the name of a class are ___.

Q. A Java constructor is like a method without ___.

Q. What is the output of the below Java program?

Q. What is the output of the below Java program with a final local variable?

Q. In Java, local variables are stored in __ memory and instance variables are stored in ___ memory.

Q. What is the output of the below Java program?

Q. What is the output of the below Java program with a "this" operator?

Q. A "this" operator used inside a Java method refers to ___ variable.

Q. What is the output of the below Java program with a void method?

Q. What is the output of the below Java program with an empty return statement?

Q. Choose the correct identifier for a method name in Java.

Q. In Java, a method name can start with ___.

Q. In Java, a method name can not start with a ___.

Q. Java method signature is a combination of ___.

Q. in Java, add a ___ to a constructor to convert it into a method.

Q. A Java method is comparable to a __ in c language.

Q. ___ is the superclass to all Java classes either user-defined or built-in.

Q. A Java reference is comparable to ___ in C language.

Q. In Java Pass by reference ___ is passed even if you are passing a reference to an object.

Q. The value of one primitive variable is assigned to another primitive variable by ___ in Java.

Q. What is the output of the below Java program?

Q. What is the output of the below Java program with two classes?

Q. Choose the correct way of creating an object of the below class.

Q. Choose the correct statement about Java main method.

Q. An object is created at __ time in Java.

Q. Choose the correct statements about choosing a name for a class in Java.

Q. The keyword used to create a new object in Java is ___.

Q. Creating an object from a class is also called ____.

Q. How many maximum numbers of objects can be created from a single Class in Java?

Q. A Java class can contain___.

Q. In Java, the keyword used to declare a class is ___.

Q. In a .java file, how many numbers of public types namely class, interface or abstract can be managed?

Q. After compilation, an Interface or Abstract-Class is kept in a ___ file in Java programming.

Q. Which is the file extension used for a compiled Java class file?

Q. Which is the file extension used for a public Java class source code?

Q. A Class in Java is like a ____.

Q. Properties are implemented using ___ in Java.

Q. In Java programming language, the code is placed inside ___.

Q. Java is a ___ programming language.

Q. What is the output of the Java program with the multidimensional array?

Q. Choose the correct way of initializing a multidimensional array below.

Q. A 4-dimensional array is an array of ___ dimensional arrays.

Q. Row number and Column number in a Multidimensional array start with ___.

Q. An array of dimension N contains __ number of subscripts or brackets?

Q. An array of arrays in Java is called ___ array.

Q. What is the output of the below Java program with arrays?

Q. What is the output of the below Java program?

Q. What is the default value of a char data type elements of an array in Java?

Q. What is the default value of float or double data type elements of an array in Java?

Q. What is the default value of byte, short, int or long data type elements of an array in Java?

Q. What is the default value of an element of Object type array?

Q. The name of an array variable or identifier can start with ___.

Q. If an index of an element is N, what is its actual position in the array?

Q. What is the output of the below Java program?

Q. What is the output of the below Java program with arrays?

Q. What is the output of the below Java program with arrays?

Q. Which is the correct way of knowing Array Size in Java?

Q. What is the output of the below Java code snippet?

Q. What is the output of the below Java program?

Q. What is the output of the below Java code snippet with arrays?

Q. Which are the special symbols used to initialize an array at the time of the declaration itself?

Q. Which are the special symbols used to declare an array in Java?

Q. In Java language, an array index starts with ___.

Q. An array declaration in Java without initialization ___ memory.

Q. Unlike C-Arrays, the Java-Arrays have ___.

Q. The Java Virtual Machine (JVM) implements arrays as ___ type.

Q. An Array in Java is a collection of elements of ___ data type.

Q. What is the output of the below Java program?

Q. What is the output of the Java code snippet below?

Q. Choose rules for naming a Label in Java below.

Q. A BREAK-WITH-LABEL or CONTINUE-WITH-LABEL are used in particular in Java to select __ loop either to Break or Continue.

Q. A BREAK or CONTINUE statement applies only to the ___ loop.

Q. What is the output of the Java code snippet?

Q. What is the output of the Java program with Enhanced FOR loop below?

Q. An Enhanced FOR loop in Java misses ___ and __ compared to the old-style FOR loop.

Q. What is the output of Java Enhanced FOR loop below?

Q. An enhanced FOR loop work with only Collection type data. Examples of Collection are ___.

Q. The Enhanced FOR loop in Java was introduced by ___.

Q. In Java language, BREAK or CONTINUE statements can be implemented inside a Loop only with the help of ___ statements to avoid never-ending loops.

Q. A Loop in Java language may contain ___.

Q. What is the output of the below Java program with FOR loop?

Q. What is the output of the below Java code?

Q. What is the output of the below Java code?

Q. What is the output of the below Java code with a FOR loop?

Q. What is the output of the below Java program?

Q. What is the output of the below Java program?

Q. What is the output of the below Java program?

Q. What is the output of the below java program that implements nesting of loops?

Q. What is the value of "age" in the below Java program with a DO-WHILE loop?

Q. What is the main difference between a WHILE and a DO-WHILE loop in Java?

Q. What is the output of the below Java program with WHILE, BREAK and CONTINUE?

Q. What is the output of the below Java program?

Q. What is the output of the below Java program with a decrement operator and WHILE-loop?

Q. What is the output of the below Java program?

Q. Choose the Java-Code below with a never-ending loop.

Q. A CONTINUE statement inside a Loop like WHILE, FOR, DO-WHILE and Enhanced-FOR causes the program execution ___ the loop.

Q. A BREAK statement inside a Loop like WHILE, FOR, DO WHILE and Enhanced-FOR causes the program execution ___ Loop.

Q. Choose the correct syntax of an Enhanced FOR loop in Java below.

Q. Choose the correct syntax of the DO WHILE loop in Java below.

Q. Choose the correct Syntax of FOR loop in Java below.

Q. Choose the correct syntax of the WHILE loop in Java below.

Q. Choose a valid loop name in Java below.

Q. What is a Loop in Java programming language?

Q. What is the output of the below Java program with SWITCH and Strings?

Q. What is the output of the below Java program with SWICH and ENUM?

Q. What is the output of the below Java program?

Q. What is the output of the below Java program?

Q. Choose the correct statement about Java SWITCH statements.

Q. What is the output of the below Java program with a SWITCH statement?

Q. What is the purpose of designing a SWITCH logic with a fall-through in Java?

Q. A SWITCH fall through occurs in Java only in the absence of ___.

Q. What is the output of the below Java program?

Q. What is the output of the below Java program?

Q. What is the output of Java program below?

Q. What is the output of Java program with SWITCH?

Q. What is the output of the Java program below?

Q. What is the output of the Java program below?

Q. What is the output of the Java program below?

Q. What is the output of Java program with SWITCH below?

Q. Which version of Java did start supporting String as the input data type of a SWITCH?

Q. A switch statement in Java accepts ___ as input data.

Q. A SWITCH statement accepts ___ type of data as input.

Q. What are the parts of a SWITCH in java?

Q. What are the keywords used to implement a SWITCH case in Java language?

Q. Which is the alternative to SWITCH in Java language?

Q. A SWITCH case statement in Java is a ___ control statement.

Q. What is the output of the Java program with IF statement?

Q. What is the output of the Java program below?

Q. What is the output of the Java program?

Q. What is the output of the Java program?

Q. What is the output of the Java program?

Q. What is the output of the Java program?

Q. What is the output of Java program below?

Q. What is is the output of the Java program?

Q. What is the output of the Java program with IF-ELSE-IF statements?

Q. What is the output of the Java program?

Q. What is the output of the Java program?

Q. What is the output of the Java program?

Q. What is the output of the Java program with IF-ELSE statements?

Q. What is the output of Java program with IF statement?
if(1)
{
  System.out.println("OK");
}

Q. Choose a wrong statement on Java IF-ELSE syntax below.

Q. Choose the correct syntax of Java IF statement below.

Q. What is the maximum number of ELSE-IF statements that can present in between starting IF and ending ELSE statements?

Q. An IF-ELSE statement is better than a SWITCH statement in which scenario below?

Q. What is maximum lines of code that can be written inside a Java style IF, ELSE or IF-ELSE block?

Q. If the condition of an IF-statement is false, which is true below.

Q. The condition of an IF statement evaluates to boolean only if the expression contains?

Q. An ELSE statement must be preceded by ___ statement in Java.


Q. Java style IF-ELSE statements are similar to ___.

Q. An IF or ELSE IF statement accepts ___ as input before branching.

Q. An IF-ELSE statement is also called ___.

Q. What is the output of Java code snippet below?

Q. What is the output of Java code snippet below?

Q. What is the output of the Java code snippet below?

Q. What is the output of the Java code snippet below?

Q. What is the output of the Java code snippet below?

Q. What is the output of Java code snippet with a Ternary operator?

Q. What is the output of Java code snippet with a Ternary operator or Conditional operator?

Q. What is the output of the Java code snippet with a Ternary operator?

Q. What is the output of the Java code snippet with a Ternary operator?

Q. What is the output of the Java code snippet with a Ternary operator?

Q. What is the output of the Java code snippet with Ternary operator?

Q. What is the output of the Java code snippet with Ternary operator?

Q. What is the output of the code snippet with the ternary operator?

Q. Choose a possible error with a Ternary operator while compiling a Java program.

Q. The False Part Expression of a Java conditional operator or Ternary operator ____ return a value.

Q. The True Part Expression of a Java conditional operator or Ternary operator ____ return a value.

Q. Java assignment operator has priority more than ___.

Q. A java Ternary operator has priority less than ___.

Q. Java Ternary operator can be used with ___.

Q. The condition of a Java Ternary operator should evaluate to ___.

Q. Java Ternary operator is sometimes called ____.

Q. What is the other name for a Question Mark - Colon (?:) operator in Java?

Q. What is the output of the Java program?

Q. What is the output of the Java Program?

Q. What is the output of the Java program?

Q. What is the output of Java Program with Shift Right Fill Zeroes operator?

Q. What is the output of a Java Program with Shift Right Fill Zeroes (>>>) operator?

Q. What is the output of the Java program with Right Shift (Without Fill Zeroes)?

Q. What is the output of Java program with Right Shift Operator (>>)?

Q. What is the output of the Java program with Left Shift Operator (<<)?

Q. What is the output of the Java program?

Q. What is the output of the Java Program?

Q. What is the output of the Java program?

Q. What is the output of the Java program?

Q. What is the output of a Bitwise OR (|) operation if one of the inputs/operands is 1?

Q. What is the output of a Bitwise AND (&) operation if one of the inputs/operands is 0?

Q. What is the output of a Bitwise OR (|) operation if both the inputs are 1s?

Q. What is the output of a Bitwise AND (&) operation if both the inputs/operands are 1s?

Q. What is the output of the Java code snippet?

Q. What does this Java code snippet prints?

Q. What is the output of the Java code snippet?

Q. Right Shift >> in Java is equivalent to?

Q. Left Shift (<<) in Java is equivalent to?

Q. What is this >>> bitwise operator in Java?

Q. What is this >> bitwise operator in Java?

Q. What is the name of << bitwise operator in Java?

Q. If relational operators are present in an expression, what type of other operators may be used?

Q. Find operators that work as both Logical operators and Bitwise operators in Java?

Q. Bitwise operators in Java work with?

Q. Identify the Bitwise NOT operator in Java below.

Q. If an AND (&) operator is applied with two integers, what is this operator?

Q. What is the output of the Java code snippet?

Q. What is the output of the Java code snippet?

Q. What is the output of the Java code snippet?

Q. What is the output of the Java code snippet?

Q. What is the output of the Java code snippet?

Q. What is the output of the Java code snippet?

Q. What is the output of the Java code snippet?

Q. What is the output of the Java code snippet?

Q. What is the output of the Java code snippet?

Q. What is the output of the Java code snippet below?

Q. Choose the correct version of Logical Compound Assignment operators in Java below?

Q. Among the logical operators, OR (|), Short Circuit OR (||) and Exclusive OR (^), which operator has higher priority?

Q. Among the logical operators, OR (|) and Short Circuit OR (||), which operator has higher priority?

Q. Among the Logical operators, AND (&) and Short Circuit AND (&&), which has higher priority?

Q. Which is the Logical operator in Java that has the highest priority among all other logical operators?

Q. What is the output of an Exclusive OR(^) operation, if one of the operands is false?

Q. What is the output of an Exclusive OR (^) operation if one of the operands/expressions is TRUE?

Q. What happens to the Second Operand/expression if the first operand is TRUE with a Short Circuit OR (||) operator in Java?

Q. What happens to the Second operand/expression if the first operand is FALSE with a Short Circuit AND (&&) operator?

Q. Why are Short Circuit AND (&&) and Short Circuit OR (||) operators are fast in Java?

Q. Which is fast among OR(|) and Short Circuit OR (||) operators in Java?

Q. Which is fast among AND (&) and Short Circuit AND(&&) operators in Java?

Q. What is the output of a Logical OR (|) operation if both the inputs/operands are true?

Q. What is the output of a Logical AND (&) operation if both inputs/operands are true?

Q. What is the output of a Logical AND (&) operation if one of the inputs/operands is true?

Q. What is the output of a Logical OR (|) operation if one of the inputs/operands is true?

Q. What is the output of Logical AND (&) operation if one of the inputs/operands is false?

Q. What is the output of a Logical OR (|) operation if one of the inputs/operands is false?

Q. Which among the following is a Short Circuit OR operator?

Q. Which among the following is a Short Circuit AND operator?

Q. What is the output of the Java code snippet?

Q. Which among the following is a Logical Unary NOT operator in Java?

Q. Which is the Logical operator in Java that works with a Single Operand?

Q. What is the input for Logical Operators?

Q. What is the output of any Logical operation in Java?

Q. In general Bitwise logical operators are simply called?

Q. Bitwise logical operators in Java work with?

Q. Boolean logical operators in Java work with?

Q. What are the two possible Logical Operator types?

Q. What is the output of the Java code snippet?

Q. Among Relational operators and Assignment operators, which operators have higher priority?

Q. What is the output of Java code snippet?

Q. What is the output of the Java code snippet?

Q. What is the data type of output of any Comparison Operation in Java?

Q. What is the output of Java code snippet?

Q. What is the output of the Java code snippet?

Q. Which operator group has higher priority between (>, >=, <, <=) and (==, !=)?

Q. Choose the Conditional operators of Java listed below.

Q. What are the types of data that can be used along with Relational operators in Java?

Q. How many minimum number of operands are required to use Comparison operators in Java?

Q. What is the other name for Relational Operators in Java?

Q. Choose the correct statement about Java Prefix and Postfix operations.

Q. What is the output of the Java code snippet?

Q. What is the output of the Java code snippet?

Q. What is the output of the Java code snippet?

Q. What is the output of the Java code snippet?

Q. What is the output of the Java code snippet?


Q. Among the operator groups (++, --) and (+, -, *, /, %) in Java, which group has higher priority? 

Q. Choose the correct statement about Java Operators +, -, *, / and %.

Q. Increment and Decrement arithmetic operators in Java has which Associativity?

Q. Among Postfix Decrement and Prefix Increment operators in Java, which operator has less priority?

Q. Between Postfix and Prefix arithmetic operators in Java, which operators have more priority?

Q. Arithmetic operators +, -, /, *  and % have which Associativity?

Q. Which is the arithmetic operator in Java that gives the Remainder of Division?

Q. How do you rewrite the below Java code snippet?
int p=10;
p = p%3;

Q. What is the output of the Java code snippet?

Q. What is the output of Java code snippet?

Q. What is the output of Java code snippet below?

Q. What is the output of the below Java code snippet?

Q. Choose the Compound Assignment Arithmetic Operators in Java below.

Q. An Arithmetic expression in Java involves which Operators or Operations?

Q. If a variable or operand in an expression is type long, then all the operands are type promoted to which data type?

Q. A boolean literal in Java can be type casted to which data type?

Q. What is the output of the Java code snippet?

Q. In a lossy Type Casting or Type Conversion, how is the number truncated to the target data type in Java?

Q. What is the output of the Java code snippet?

Q. What is the output of the Java code snippet?

Q. What is the output of the below Java code snippet?

Q. What is the output of the below Java code snippet?

Q. What is the output of the following Java Code?

Q. Which are the compatible Data Types for Type Promotion or Type Casting?

Q. Implicit Type Conversion in Java is also called ___?

Q. Explicit Type Conversion in Java refers to ___?

Q. Type Casting in Java usually refers to ____?

Q. Type promotion in Java usually refers to ____.

Q. What is the result of a Widening Type Conversion in Java?

Q. What is the result of a Narrowing type conversion?

Q. What is a Narrowing Type Conversion in Java?

Q. What is a Widening Type Conversion in Java?

Q. What is a higher data type in Java language?

Q. What are the Type Conversions available in Java language?

Q. What is the default character literal value assigned to a char variable in Java?

Q. What is the default boolean literal assigned to a boolean variable in Java?

Q. A Unicode character literal in Java is surrounded by a pair of ___?
literal = \ua123

Q. Choose the wrong representation of a character literal in Octal notation in Java.

Q. Choose the wrong Java code statement below.

Q. Choose the wrong Java code statement below.

Q. What is the output of this Java snippet?
int a = 0b111;
System.out.println(a);

Q. Choose the correct usage of boolean literal in the options below.

Q. Choose the correct implementation of floating point literals in the exponential form in Java.

Q. What are the two floating point notations in Java language?

Q. Which version of Java introduced Hexadecimal floating point numbers?

Q. Which among the following is not a primitive data type in Java?

Q. A String literal in Java is surrounded by a pair of _____?

Q. Choose a correct statement about Java literal types.

Q. Which version of Java started offering unsigned int and unsigned long to represent very long numbers?

Q. A character literal in Java is enclosed within a pair of ___?

Q. What is the suffix used to convert an int literal to long literal in Java?

Q. A real number literal for floating point literal with a missing f or F suffix represents which data type?

Q. What is the precision after decimal points offered by a float data type in Java?

Q. What is the suffix used to represent a floating point number in Java?

Q. What is the common UTF standard used on the Websites for information exchange?

Q. What is the literal in Java that can be used to test whether an Object of any type is alive or not? 

Q. What is the name given to character literals in Java that start with a Back Slash character?

Q. Java uses UTF-16 Unicode format to represent characters. What is UTF?

Q. What is the maximum number of Underscore characters that can be used in between the digits of a numeric literal in Java?

Q. Choose a correct rule for using Underscores in literals of Java language.

Q. What is the compiler error for improperly using Underscores ( _ ) in literals in Java?

Q. What is the correct representation of using Binary literals in Java?

Q. What is the prefix used to represent Binary literals in Java?

Q. Underscore symbols in literal numbers are introduced with which version of Java?

Q. Choose correct examples of Hexadecimal literals in Java?

Q. What is the prefix used to represent Hexadecimal numbers in Java?

Q. Choose the correct example of Octal Literal in Java?

Q. Choose correct ranges for Decimal, Octal and Hexadecimal numbers in Java?

Q. An Octal number is Java is represented with a leading ____?

Q. Choose correct examples of decimal literals in Java.

Q. What are the types of Integer Literals in Java?

Q. What are the types of Literals available in Java language?

Q. What is Literal in Java?

Q. Choose the right statement about Java Data types.

Q. What is the abbreviation of ASCII?

Q. What is the character encoding standard used in Java language?

Q. What is the IEEE standard adopted to represent Floating point numbers in Java?

Q. What is the size of a boolean data type constant in Java?

Q. What is the size of a CHAR data type constant in Java?

Q. What is the size of a DOUBLE floating point number in Java?

Q. What is the size of a FLOAT floating point number in Java?

Q. What is the size of a LONG integer in Java?

Q. What is the size of an INT integer in Java?

Q. What is the size of a SHORT integer in Java?

Q. Choose the number range for byte data type in Java?

Q. Which is the data type that is not recommended for numeric applications in Java?

Q. Which is the data type used mostly to handle streams and buffers in Java language?

Q. Which among the following is not a valid Data Type in Java?

Q. which among the following is not a Data Type in Java?

Q. What is a Primitive Data Type in Java?

Q. Which data type among the following is an implementation of Objects or OOPs?

Q. Choose the wrong statement about Java programming?

Q. What does a Data Type in Java refers to?

Q. Choose a correct version of Java Documentation Comment?

Q. What are the valid White Spaces available in Java language?

Q. A valid Identifier or name in Java language can start with which character?

Q. A valid identifier in Java language may contain which characters?

Q. Name of a Class, Variable, Method or an Interface in Java language is called?

Q. What is the default return type of a method in Java language?

Q. String args[] in main method are used for?
public static void main(String args[])
{
  //
}

Q. Choose a multiline comment in Java language below?

Q. Choose a Single Line Comment in Java Language below?

Q. What is the use of Access modifier "pubic" in Java language?

Q. In standalone Java applications, which method is mandatory?

Q. What is the need to mention "static" before main method?

Q. All methods and variables in Java language are kept inside a?

Q. A function in C language is similar to what in Java language?

Q. Every statement in Java language should end with a?

Q. What is the output of the following application?

Q. What is the value of tip after executing the following code snippet?

Q. Which of the following is the output of this code, assuming it runs to completion?

Q. Which of the following does not compile?

Q. How many of the String objects are eligible for garbage collection right before the end of the main method?

Q. How do you force garbage collection to occur at a certain point?

Q. Which two primitives have wrapper classes that are not merely the name of the primitive with an uppercase letter?

Q. What is the output of the following?

Q. Which of the following is true about primitives?

Q. What is true of the finalize() method?

Q. Which is the first line to trigger a compiler error?

Q. Which of the following does not compile?

Q. How many of the following methods compile?

Q. Which is correct about an instance variable of type String?

Q. What is the output of the following?

Q. Which statement about a valid .java file is true?

Q. Which of the following declarations does not compile?

Q. Which of this interface must contain a unique element?

Q. Which of these interface handle sequences?

Q. Which of the following interface is used to declare core methods in java?

Q. Which of the following below live on the heap in java?

Q. Which of these method of class StringBuffer is used to find the length of current character sequence?

Q. Which of these class is used to create an object whose character sequence is mutable?

Q. Which of these packages contains abstract keyword?

Q. How can we identify whether a compilation unit is class or interface from a .class file?

Q. Which component is responsible to optimize bytecode to machine code?

Q. Which concept of Java is a way of converting real world objects in terms of class?

Q. When does method overloading is determined?

Q. Which of the following is a type of polymorphism in Java?

Q. Abbreviate the term DGC?

Q. In a RMI Client Program, what are the exceptions which might have to handled?

Q. Which is a one-way communication only between the client and the server and it is not a reliable and there is no confirmation regarding reaching the message to the destination?

Q. In RMI applications which program obtains a remote reference to one or more remote objects on a server and then invokes methods on them?

Q. Which is built on the top of socket programming?

Q. In RMI program the following two steps are used to, Either extend the UnicastRemoteObject class, the exportObject() method of the UnicastRemoteObject class,

Q. Which method of the Naming class (found in java.rmi) is used to update the RMI registry on the server machine?

Q. In RMI which layer defines and supports the invocation semantics of the RMI connection, this layer maintains the session during the method call?

Q. RMI has which of these protocols implementations?

Q. Which of these package is used for all the text related modifications?

Q. Which is the container that doesn't contain title bar and MenuBars. It can have other components like button, textfield etc?

Q. The ActionListener interface is used for handling action events,For example, it's used by a

Q. Which package provides many event classes and Listener interfaces for event handling?

Q. These two ways are used to create a Frame By creating the object of Frame class (association) By extending Frame class (inheritance)

Q. Swing is not a part of JFC (Java Foundation Classes) that is used to create GUI application?

Q. The following specifies the advantages of It is lightweight. It supports pluggable look and feel. It follows MVC (Model View Controller) architecture.

Q. __________ provides the naming services for the server to register the object and for the client to locate the object.

Q. Each remote object has a unique name identified by an URL with the protocol rmi as follows:

Q. ____________ is a subinterface of java.rmi.Remote that defines the methods for the server object.

Q. To locate a remote object with a name t at port 7000 on host panda.armstrong.edu, use

Q. Which of these methods can be used to obtain the reference to the container that generated a ContainerEvent?

Q. Which of these events is generated when the size os an event is changed?

Q. Which of these is superclass of ContainerEvent class?

Q. Which of this package contains classes and interfaces for networking?

Q. Which of this class is used for creating a client for server-client operations?

Q. Which of these Exceptions is thrown by remote method?

Q. Which of these Exceptions is thrown by remote method?

Q. Which of these methods are member of Remote class?

Q. Which of this package is used for remote method invocation?

Q. What is Remote method invocation (RMI)?

Q. What is the correct JavaScript syntax to insert a comment that has more than one line?

Q. What is the correct way to write a JavaScript array?

Q. Which of the following is not true?

Q. Which Swing methods are thread-safe?

Q. How would you detect a keypress in a JComboBox?

Q. Which method is used to enable an event for a particular object?

Q. How many kinds of classes can be used in Java RMI?

Q. Swing is a ___________ framework

Q. The processes that participate in supporting remote method invocation are

Q. The default layout manager of an Applet is

Q. Which of these methods in KeyEvent class can be used to know which key is pressed?

Q. Which of these events will be generated if we close a Frame window?

Q. Which of these events will be generated if scroll bar is manipulated?

Q. What is a listener in context to event handling?

Q. Which of these methods are used to register a MouseMotionListener?

Q. The ________ method help in clearing the contents of the buffer:

Q. State true or false 
(i) public can only be assigned to class (ii) protected protects a statement 
(iii) protected method is never accessible outside the package 
(iv) friendly variable may be accessible outside class

Q. State true or false 
(i) Java RMI supports distributed objects written entirely in java 
(ii) Java RMI makes use of stubs and skeleton 
(iii) In Java RMI an object registers itself with a media server 
(iv) IDL is interface declaration language

Q. State true or false 
(i) JPanel is a class included in awt package 
(ii) Anonymous classes are mostly used for event handling 
(iii) Names of anonymous classes must be unique 
(iv) JOptionPane is an inner class

Q. Which of the following methods can be used to draw the outline of a square within a JAVA.awt.Component object?

Q. How do you change the current layout manager for a container?

Q. An Applet has its Layout Manager set to the default of FlowLayout. What code would be the correct to change to another Layout Manager?

Q. Which of the following creates a List with 5 visible items and multiple selections enabled?

Q. Which component method is used to access a component's immediate container?

Q. What is the preferred way to handle an object's events in Java 2?

Q. What is the disadvantage of Type-4 Native-Protocol Driver?

Q. Which of the following methods finds the maximum number of connections that a specific driver can obtain?

Q. java.awt.Component class method getLocation() returns Point (containg x and y cordinate).What does this x and y specify

Q. What is default layout manager for panels and applets?

Q. Which one of the following does not extends java.awt.Component

Q. Which driver is efficient and always preferable for using JDBC applications?

Q. Which statement is static and synchronized in JDBC API?

Q. Which statement is true about a static nested class?

Q. Which is true about a method-local inner class?

Q. Suppose that you want to have an object eh handle the TextEvent of
TextArea object t. How should you add eh as the event handler for?

Q. When two or more objects are added as listeners for the same event, which listener is first invoked to handle the event?

Q. Which of the following is the highest class in the event delegation model?

Q. Which of the following is true?

Q. How do you create a Reader object from an InputStream object?

Q. Which of the following are true?

Q. Which of the following are true about the Error and Exception classes?

Q. In order for a source code file, containing the public class test, to successfully compile, which of the following must be true?

Q. What garbage collection in the context of java?

Q. Which exception is thrown by the read ( ) method of input stream class?

Q. Which of these exception is thrown by close () and read () methods?

Q. Which of these values is returned by read () method is end of file (EOF) is encountered?

Q. Interfaces helps in which type of inheritance

Q. Minimum threads in a program are

Q. Thread class is available in

Q. Which method executes only once

Q. Which of these statements is incorrect?

Q. What will happen if two thread of same priority are called to be processed simultaneously?

Q. Thread priority in Java is?

Q. Which of these packages contain all the Java’s built in exceptions?

Q. Which of these are types of multitasking?

Q. What is multithreaded programming?

Q. When does Exceptions in Java arises in code sequence?

Q. When is a finally {} block executed?

Q. A message string is returned by which method of an Exception object?

Q. Which of the following statements is true?

Q. Which of the following is an exception thrown by the methods of the class String?

Q. What can a method do with a checked exception?

Q. Which of the following statements is NOT true about creating your own exceptions?

Q. How many finally blocks can there be in a try/catch structure?

Q. The class RuntimeException is the superclass of which of the following classes?

Q. What happens in a method if there is an exception thrown in a try block but there is no catch block following the try block?

Q. In Java Inheritance

Q. Consider the following code snippet.
What is printed?

Q. Which of the following is TRUE?

Q. Java language has support for which of the following types of comment ?

Q. Which of the following statement is correct?

Q. When method defined in subclass which has same signature as a method in a super class, it is known as method

Q. A class that cannot be a subclass is called as______ class.

Q. Which of the following is the correct syntax for suggesting that the JVM performs garbage collection?

Q. Under what circumstances might you use the yield method of the Thread class

Q. f a thread is to be declared as a daemon thread, it must be declared before

Q. Which is true about an anonymous inner class?

Q. You read the following statement in a Java program that compiles and executes. submarine.dive(depth); What can you say for sure?

Q. Program which executes applet is known as

Q. Which of the following statements is correct?

Q. Which of this statement is incorrect?

Q. What is the stored in the object obj in following lines of code? box obj;

Q. Which of the following statements are incorrect?

Q. What is the process of defining a method in terms of itself that is a method that calls itself?

Q. Which of these is correct about passing an argument by call-by-value process?

Q. What is process of defining two or more methods within same class that have same name but different parameters declaration?

Q. Why we use array as a parameter of main method

Q. Which class cannot be a subclass in java

Q. What is the default buffer size used by any buffered class?

Q. What are the pillars of OOPS concept?

Q. JAR stands for?

Q. What is different between a Java applet and a Java application?

Q. What is garbage collection in the context of Java?

Q. What is byte code in the context of Java?

Q. If there are three classes: Shape, Circle, and Square, what is the most likely relationship between them?

Q. If class Dog has a subclass Retriever, which of the following is true?

Q. How many constructors does the class Exception have?

Q. Which of the following will cause a semantic error, if you are trying to compare x to 5?

Q. Two-way selection in Java is implemented using ________.

Q. What is the value of y if x = 2?

Q. In a ____ control structure, the computer executes particular statements depending on some condition(s).

Q. Which of the following statements is legal in Java? (i) mysRef = (Mystery) mySecret; (ii) mysRef = (Mystery) secRef;

Q. The method used to draw an ellipse is

Q. The method in Graphics class to set the drawing color

Q. The method in Graphics class to draw a circle/oval with specified width and height.

Q. The class used for drawing graphics in an application is

Q. The layout manager that lays out a container's components in a rectangular grid.

Q. The layout manager that lets you align components at north, south, east, west directions is

Q. The method setFont() is defined in---------- class

Q. The method used to set Fonts is

Q. The class used to encapsulate fonts is

Q.  ------------------- is an example of container class

Q. The class used to make a standalone application in java.

Q. The method that returns the selected item from a List component is

Q. A ------------- is a component that can hold other components.

Q. A ------------ is an object that the user can see on the screen and-in most cases-interact with.

Q. The class used to create a Radio button in awt is

Q. The method to set the text of Textfield.

Q. The AWT component used for taking input from user.

Q. The method to get the text of a Label

Q. The AWT component used to display a single line of read-only text

Q. How do you change the current layout manager for a container

Q. How do you position a component using FlowLayout?

Q. In SQL, Which Command(s) Is(are) Used To Change A Table's Storage Characteristics?

Q. Which Is The Subset Of SQL Commands Used To Manipulate Oracle Database Structures, Including Tables?

Q. Character Stream Classes support input/output operations on _______ characters:

Q. Byte Stream Classes support input/output operations on _____

Q. Java Stream classes can be categorized into two groups:

Q. Which refers to a channel through which data flow from the source to the destination:

Q. Which of these classes are used by character streams output operations?

Q. Which of these methods can be used to write console output?

Q. Which of these class contains the methods print() & println()?

Q. Which of these classes are used by Byte streams for input operation?

Q. Which of these classes is used to read characters and strings in Java from console?

Q. Which of these method waits for the thread to treminate?

Q. Which of these methods is used to begin the execution of a thread?

Q. Which method in Thread class is used to check weather a thread is still running?

Q. Which of this method of Thread class is used to change the state of a thread to blocked state?

Q. Which of these method of Thread class is used to find out the priority given to a thread?

Q. Which of these interface is implemented to create a Thread?

Q. Which of these class is used to make a thread?

Q. Thread priority in Java is represented as?

Q. Runnable is a

Q. A single try block must be followed by which of these?

Q. Which of the following exception is raised when a number is divided by zero

Q. Which class is the super class of all classes of the java.lang package?

Q. Which is the super class of all exception classes

Q. Which exception is thrown by read() method?

Q. What is the string contained in s after following lines of code?

Q. Which of these method(s) is/are used for writing bytes to an outputstream?

Q. Which keyword is used by the method to refer to the object that invoked it?

Q. What is the return type of a method that does not return any value?

Q. Which of these jump statements can skip processing the remainder of the code in its body for a particular iteration?

Q. Which of these is the method which is executed first before execution of any other thing takes place in a program?

Q. Which of these data type can be used for a method having a return statement in it?

Q. If an expression contains double, int, float, long, then the whole expression will be promoted into which of these data types?

Q. Which of the below is invalid identifier with the main method?

Q. Which of these can not be used for a variable name in Java?

Q. which of the following can be operands of arithmetic operators?

Q. How to copy contents of array?

Q. Which of these operators is used to allocate memory for an object?

Q. Which of these packages contains the exception Stack Overflow in Java?

Q. Which of this method of class String is used to obtain a length of String object?

Q. Which of these methods of a Thread class is used to suspend a thread for a period of time?

Q. Which of these exceptions will be thrown if we use null reference for an arithmetic operation?

Q. Which of the interface contains all the methods used for handling thread related operations in Java?

Q. Which of these class is used to read and write bytes in a file?

Q. Which of these classes is used for input and output operation when working with bytes?

Q. Which of these class is a superclass of all other classes?

Q. Which of these class is not a member class of java.io package?

Q. Which of these class is not related to input and output stream in terms of functioning?

Q. Which of these methods can be used to obtain the command name for invoking ActionEvent object?

Q. Which of these events is generated by scroll bar?

Q. Which of these class is used to read from a file?

Q. Which of these methods can be used to writing console output?

Q. Which of these operators can be used to get run time information about an object?

Q. Which of these methods is a part of Abstract Window Toolkit (AWT) ?

Q. Which of these methods can be used to output a string in an applet?

Q. Which of these is used to read a string from the input stream?

Q. Which of the following will ensure the thread will be in running state?

Q. What decides thread priority?

Q. Which of these exceptions will occur if we try to access the index of an array beyond its length?

Q. Which of these exceptions handles the divide by zero error?

Q. Which of these packages contains all the event handling interfaces?

Q. Standard output variable ‘out’ is defined in which class?

Q. Which of these classes is related to all the exceptions that cannot be caught?

Q. Which of these classes is related to all the exceptions that can be caught by using catch?

Q. Which of these keywords must be used to monitor for exceptions?

Q. Which of these keywords is used to manually throw an exception?

Q. The code within the ----------- block will always be executed whether or not an exception is thrown.

Q. Which of these keywords is not a part of exception handling?

Q. Which of these method of class String is used to obtain length of String object?

Q. Which of these method of class String is used to extract a single character from a String object?

Q. Which of the following is incorrect statement about packages?

Q. Which of the following is correct way of importing an entire package ‘pkg’?

Q. Which of this access specifies can be used for a class so that its objects can be created by a different class in another package?

Q. Which of these is a mechanism for naming and visibility control of a class and its content?

Q. Which of the following package stores all the standard java classes?

Q. The modifier which specifies that the member can only be accessed in its own class is

Q. The keyword used to create a package is

Q. Which of the following is correct way of implementing an interface salary by class manager?

Q. Which of these keywords is used by a class to use an interface defined previously?

Q. Which of these access specifiers can be used for an interface?

Q. Which of these can be used to fully abstract a class from its implementation?

Q. Which of these keywords is used to define interfaces in Java?

Q. Which of the following are true about interfaces.

Q. Which of these is correct way of inheriting class A by class B?

Q. Which of these keywords is used to refer to member of base class from a sub class?

Q. Which of these is used as default for a member of a class if no access specifier is used for it?

Q. A primitive data type can be passed as an argument into a method

Q. Business intelligence (BI) is a broad category of application programs which includes _____________

Q. Which of the following is the benefit of SQL Server Profiler?

Q. Which of the following tool is used for purpose of data auditing for SQL Server only?

Q. Which of the following operation requires to run the SQL Server Setup on the node?

Q. Which of the following is the biggest disadvantage of SQL Server Authentication mode?

Q. Which of the following pair of technology is supported in SQL Server?

Q. Which of the following is the instance of SQL Server that is your production server in log shipping?

Q. Backing up your SQL Server database is essential for _______ your data.

Q. Which of the following SQL Server tools is used to enhance data management and governance?

Q. When you _______ an Access table from a SQL Server, SSMA restores the original Access table and its data

Q. Which of the following is used to overcome the Replication in SQL Server?

Q. Which of the following is the main feature of dotConnect for SQL Server?

Q. Which is the default field terminator for bulk insert in SQL Server?

Q. Which of the stored procedure is used to test the SQL injection attack?

Q. User defined function in SQL Server can return ____________

Q. DML triggers in SQL Server is applicable to _____________

Q. Which of the following stored procedure is already defined in SQL Server?

Q. Exception handling is possible in SQL Server using _____________

Q. Which of the following language is used for procedural flow in SQL Server?

Q. Which of the following feature of SQL Server was used before XML technology for semi structured data?

Q. What is the hybrid model in SQL Server?

Q. Which of the reasons will force you to use the XML data model in SQL Server?

Q. Which of the following is not a class of constraint in SQL Server?

Q. Which of the following joins are SQL server default?

Q. Which of the following is not a SQL Server INFORMATION_SCHEMA view?

Q. SQL Server has mainly how many types of views?

Q. Which database is used by SQL Server Agent for scheduling alerts and jobs, and recording operators?

Q. Which of the following data type is not present in SQL Server?

Q. Which was the first version of SQL Server to introduce in-memory capability?

Q. What is the Codename for SQL Server 2012?

Q. Which of the following companies originally worked together to create and market the first version of SQL Server?

Q. Which of the following is a free database software running free SQL Server technology?

Q. When was the first version of Microsoft SQL Server released?

Q. What is SQL Server?

Q. The method sqrt() is defined in the class

Q. Which method defined in Integer class can be used to convert a whole number in string type to primitive int type.

Q. Which of these is not a correct statement?

Q. If a class inheriting an abstract class does not define all of its function then it will be known as?

Q. Which of these keywords are used to define an abstract class?

Q. Which of the following is true in the case of abstract class

Q. The keyword used inside a class to refer to its immediate super class is

Q. Identify the type of inheritance when two or more subclasses inherit the properties of a super class.

Q. The use of final keyword with method definition

Q. Which is the keyword used to inherit a class to another?

Q. Which class cannot have a subclass in java

Q. The method which is automatically invoked during garbage collection.

Q. The keyword used to refer the current object

Q. The keyword used to create an object

Q. Which of these is used to access member of class before object of that class is created?

Q. Which of these access specifiers must be used for main() method?

Q. Which operator is used by Java run time implementations to free the memory of an object when it is no longer needed?

Q. Which of the following is a method having same name as that of its class?

Q. What is the return type of Constructors?

Q. _________ is used to initialize objects.

Q. Defining methods with same name and different no. of parameters are called

Q. Variables declared within a method or block are called

Q. Variables declared with in a class are called

Q. Name the keyword that makes a variable belong to a class, rather than being defined for each instance of the class.

Q. Which of the following is a valid declaration of an object of class Box?

Q. What is stored in the object obj in following lines of code? box obj;

Q. The keyword used to create a constant variable

Q. What is the value of the expression 8 << 2 ?

Q. What is the value of the expression 2 & 3 ?

Q. Which of these jump statements can skip processing remainder of code in its body for a particular iteration?

Q. Which of these are selection statements in Java?

Q. Which of these selection statements test only for equality?

Q. Which of these is an incorrect array declaration?

Q. What is the error in this code? byte b = 50; b = b * 50;

Q. Which of these is necessary condition for automatic type conversion in Java?

Q. Which of the following loops will execute the body of loop even when condition controlling the loop is initially false?

Q. Which of these operators is used to allocate memory to array variable in Java?

Q. Which one of the following is a jump statement in java?

Q. Which operator is used to implement unsigned right shift of an integer?

Q. Which one of the following is a valid identifier in java?

Q. Which of these values can a boolean variable contain?

Q. Which of these coding types is used for data type char in Java?

Q. What is the numerical range of a char in Java?

Q. Which is a valid float literal?

Q. What is the size of int data type in java?

Q. JVM is ___________for bytecode.

Q. Java source files are compiled and converted to

Q. JRE stands for

Q. Which of the following statements about the Java language is true?

Q. Who is considered as the creator of JAVA ?

Q. What command is used to display and create files?

Q. Which of the following is the main Apache configuration file?

Q. What of the following tool is used to check and repair Linux file systems?

Q. Which of the following subdirectory(ies) contains the system
configuration scripts.

Q. Which of the following subdirectory(ies) contains the device files?

Q. What command can be used to get information about yourself?

Q. What command is used to count just the number of characters in a file?

Q. What command is used to change the working directory?

Q. What command is used to assign executable permission to all of the files named "report"?

Q. The location for subdirectories for local programs and executables for user and administrative commands, is:

Q. The location of some system configuration and system administrator executable files, is:

Q. Which program is used to schedule particular jobs or programs at particular times on the system?

Q. In what file can you specify which users are not allowed to access a system via FTP?

Q. _____ tool allows you to change your default X Window desktop.

Q. Who founded the Linux Kernel?

Q. What command is used to query for a specific package with RPM?

Q. RPM

Q. Which of the following NIS clients, finds and stores information about an NIS domain and server?

Q. How can you navigate around virtual consoles?

Q. What command is used to remove jobs from the print queue?

Q. What does GNU stand for?

Q. 28. In which tcp_wrappers file can you specify to allow all connections from all hosts?

Q. Which of the following command is used to see the services running in NFS server?

Q. Which of the following command is used to access an SMB share on a Linux system?

Q. Which of the following is the main Apache configuration file?

Q. What port does squid listen, by default?

Q. Which of the following server is used with the BIND package?

Q. What X-based tool is available for configuring the X Window system?

Q. What project is currently developing X server support?

Q. What protocol(s) is(are) allowed a user to retrieve her/his mail from the mail server to her/his mail reader?

Q. What command is used to add printing jobs to the queue?

Q. What command is used with vi editor to save file and remain in the editing mode?

Q. What command is used to sort the lines of data in a file in alphabetical order?

Q. What command is used to list only the files chap0l, chap02 and chap04?

Q. What command is used to display the characteristics of a process?

Q. Which of the following command can you execute to count the number of lines in a file?

Q. What command do you use to create Linux file systems?

Q. What does FSF stand for?

Q. How could you install the file ipchains-1.3.9-5.i386.rpm?

Q. How can you add Amit, a new user, to your system?

Q. What hardware architectures are not supported by Red Hat?

Q. What command is used with vi editor to delete a single character?

Q. What command is used to remove the directory?

Q. What command is used to remove files?

Q. What command is used to count the total number of lines, words, and characters contained in a file?

Q. In Linux, a file having read and execute permissions would have a numeric value of _____ as argument to chmod.

Q. In Linux, a file having read, write and execute permissions would have a numeric value of ________  as argument to chmod.

Q. In Linux, a file having read only permissions would have a numeric value of as _____ argument to chmod.

Q. In Linux, a file having read and write permissions would have a numeric value of _____ as argument to chmod.

Q. In Linux, the numeric value of execute permission is_____ .

Q. The numeric value of write permission is ______.

Q. The numeric value of read permission is_______

Q. _____ Linux command changes the access mode of a file.

Q. Linux command removes given directory.

Q. To display the list of files and directories, _____Linux command is used.

Q. Any shell script begins with the line______to denote the name of theshell to be used for interpretation.

Q. The command kshin Linux opens ______shell.

Q. The command cshin Linux opens _____shell.

Q. _______ shell was released by AT&Tas an improvement to the Bourne shell

Q. The software which helps the user tocommunicate with the kernel of Linuxoperating system is called_______.

Q. ______ founded the GNU projectto create an alternative to UNIX operating system from scratch.

Q. GIMP stands for _______.

Q. GNU LGPL stands for _______ and it permits embedding open source libraries in closed source projects.

Q. GNU GPL stands for ______.

Q. _____ are some of the opensource licensing models.

Q. An example of the most popular opensource software is ______ .

Q. ______ helps capable users to improve and bug fix the software.

Q. Which Linux command to set the permission ‘x’ to user, ‘rw’ to others and ‘rwx’ to group for the file launcher

Q. Which Linux command is used to sort the text file ‘network’ in descending order?

Q. Write the Linux command to remove all the permission to the user and group on the directory ‘software’?

Q. What is use of ‘who’ command in Linux?

Q. Which Linux command list the contents of parent directory?

Q. Which Linux command list the content of all sub directory?

Q. Which character redirects the output of one command to another in Linux?

Q. Which character is used to represent a range of values in Linux?

Q. Which character is used to redirect output in to an existing file in Linux?

Q. Which one of the following is the directory separator in Linux?

Q. What is the default number of files open per user process?

Q. pwd command displays

Q. Which of the following command output contains userid?

Q. What communication command provides communication to another user logged on by writing to the bottom of their terminal?

Q. How to execute ls command inside a vi editor?

Q. Write the command to display the current date in the form dd/mm/yyyy.

Q. Which of the following umask settings doesn’t allow execute permission to be set by default on directory files

Q. Which command is used to assign read-write permission to the owner?

Q. The permission -rwSr–r– represented in octal expression will be

Q. Effective group id can be set using following permission

Q. The permission -rwxr–r– represented in octal expression will be

Q. Which of the following is true?

Q. Which command sets the number for all lines?

Q. Which command searches the string in file opened in vi editor?

Q. Shell is ?

Q. Hidden files are

Q. Which variable contains current shell process id

Q. While executing a command, the shell

Q. Which of the following is not a filter command?

Q. What command is used with vi editor to append text at end of line?

Q. What command is used with vi editor to search a pattern in the forward direction?

Q. What command is used with vi editor to move back to the beginning of a word?

Q. What command is used with vi editor to replace text from cursor to right

Q. Which of the following is not a communication command?

Q. What command is used with vi editor to delete a single character?

Q. In a date +format, you add the hour in 24 hours format using:

Q. Which of the following is not an editor?

Q. What is the right command to save file and exit in Vim?

Q. Which directory contains all the files needed to boot the Linux system?

Q. Which option of ls command used to view file inode number

Q. Which command is used to set terminal IO characteristic?

Q. which command is used to print the current working direcotry?

Q. Which command is used to print the login shell of an user?

Q. mv command can be used to ?

Q. Suppose I am in /etc directoy, after executing cd .(single dot), where am I now?

Q. Which special character should be avoided during naming a file?

Q. Which command is used to copy entire directory?

Q. Which of the following command is used to count number of lines in a file?

Q. Which directory in Linux contains all the config file of the system?

Q. Which command is used see the list of users who are currently logged-in?

Q. Which of the following command can be used as an alternative to echo command?

Q. In Linux everything stored as a

Q. Which of the following command is used to create file in Linux?

Q. Which command is/are used to remove directory in Linux?

Q. Which command is used to list all the files in your current directory(including hidden)?

Q. Which command is used to get the kernel version in Linux?

Q. Which command(s) is/are used to get help about a command in Linux?

Q. Which combination of keys is used to exit from terminal?

Q. Maximum how long can a Linux filename be?

Q. PHP frameworks typically follow the--------design pattern.

Q. Controller functions are used to access and update the database in php framework.

Q. ----------- helps to developed web page using a PHP framework.

Q. Laravel,Symfony,CodeIgniter,Zend are the example of PHP frameworks.

Q. Early------- include PHPlib, Horde, and Pear. Most of the big names now launched in 2005 or later.

Q. PHP frameworks typically follow the---------design pattern. This concept separates the manipulation of data from its presentation.

Q. (ORM)means ----------l

Q. --------is a method of accessing database data using object-oriented
syntax instead of using SQL

Q. A------is a platform to create PHP web applications

Q. What will be the output of the following PHP program?

Q. What will be the output of the following PHP program?

Q. Which is the right way of declaring a variable in PHP?

Q. What will be the output of the following PHP code?

Q. Which of the following is the default file extension of PHP files?

Q. Which of the following is the correct way to add a comment in PHP code?

Q. Which of the following is the correct syntax to write a PHP code?

Q. What is PHP?

Q. For every Web document, you can add words that appear in the upper left bar area of your browser. What set of tags allows you to provide this information?

Q. When you use a heading tag in a document, what does the Web browser assumes?

Q. What should be the first and last pair of tags in your Web document?

Q. A Web document is broken into sections. What are the tags called that create these sections?

Q. What does an HTML tag do?

Q. What is the language of the Web?

Q. Which of the following web elements should you know about before building your web site?

Q. What type of information should you avoid including on your Web site?

Q. Linking to another place in the same or another web page requires two A (Anchor) tags, the first with the .................. attribute and the second the ...................attribute.

Q. An ordered list is a ...................... list and an unordered list is a................. list.

Q. Identify the uses of URI in HTML.:
i) Link to another document or
resource 
ii) Link to external style sheet or script
iii) Create an image map

Q. The ...................... attribute adds space within each cell.

Q. ................ are the physical meeting points of backbones.

Q. ................... is known as father of World Wide Web.

Q. Once the email is sent, the message is broken into pieces called..................

Q. The regional networks are connected to the corporate networks, this is also called as ........

Q. IEEE stands for ........

Q. In order to upload a HTML file to a web server, you use

Q. DNS translates .........

Q. In order to connect to ISP's server you need .......

Q. This is a networking device that passes data between networks having similar functions but dissimilar implementations.

Q. Default font size of HTML is .......................

Q. The attribute .................. of <BODY> tag sets color of hypertext links.

Q. The attribute .................. of <BODY> tag sets color of hypertext links.

Q. ....................... is a uniform naming scheme for locating resources on the web.

Q. ...................... is the incoming e-mail server.

Q. Which of the following protocol is used for e-mail services.

Q. A ............................. is a symbolic name a network administrator assigns to a machine.

Q. The Internet uses the ........................ as the protocol engine.

Q. .................... is a web's native protocol.

Q. Title tag is nested within the ....................... tag.

Q. .................. is suitable for remote administration of a computer.

Q. Internet is ...............................

Q. ......................... connects web pages.

Q. Which of the following are attributes of Font tag?

Q. Which is the largest heading tag?

Q. How many heading tags are supported by HTML?

Q. Head tag is used for?

Q. The version of HTML is

Q. The first page of a website is called

Q. Pick the odd out

Q. Basic fundamental block is called as ___

Q. HTML document contain one root tag called ____

Q. Opening tag of HTML is called

Q. HTML tags are surrounded by ___ brackets

Q. HTML was first proposed in year ___.

Q. Which of the following HTML element is used for canvas graphics?

Q. Which HTML element is used for YouTube videos?

Q. Which of the following is an HTML specification used to add more information to HTML tags?

Q. Which attribute specifies a unique alphanumeric identifier to be associated with an element?

Q. Which tag is used to underline the text in HTML?

Q. Which works similar to <b> element?

Q. Which attribute is not essential under <iframe>?

Q. What is the use of <hr/> tag in HTML?

Q. Which HTML tag is used to convert the plain text into italic format?

Q. Which tag is used to create a blank line in HTML?

Q. Which of the following extension is used to save an HTML file?

Q. How to create a checkbox in HTML Form?

Q. Which tag is used to create a numbered list in HTML?

Q. Which tag is used to create a dropdown in HTML Form?

Q. What is the correct syntax of web address?

Q. To show deleted text, which HTML element is used?

Q. Which of the following tag is used to create a text area in HTML Form?

Q. What is the work of <address> element in HTML5?

Q. Which of the following HTML tag is used to add a row in a table?

Q. Which HTML element is used for abbreviation or acronym?

Q. Which of the following HTML tag is used to create an unordered list?

Q. Which HTML element is used for short quote?

Q. In HTML, which attribute is used to create a link that opens in a new window tab?

Q. Among the following, which is the HTML paragraph tag?

Q. Which of the following HTML code will make an image clickable?

Q. Which character is used to represent when a tag is closed in HTML?

Q. HTML is a subset of ___________

Q. Which HTML tag is used to insert an image?

Q. Which HTML tag is used for making character appearance bold?

Q. Which element is used for or styling HTML5 layout?

Q. Which of the following is not the element associated with the HTML table layout?

Q. Which of the following elements in HTML5 defines video or movie content?

Q. How do we write comments in HTML?

Q. Which of the following is not a HTML5 tag?

Q. Which element is used to get highlighted text in HTML5?

Q. In which part of the HTML metadata is contained?

Q. What is DOM in HTML?

Q. Which of the following tag is used for inserting the largest heading in HTML?

Q. Which of the following is not a difference between HTML and XHTML?

Q. Which of the following is used to read an HTML page and render it?

Q. What is the correct syntax of doctype in HTML5?

Q. HTML stands for __________

Q. Who is the father of HTML?

Q. What is HTML?

Q. Which of the following property specifies the placement of an element in relation to floating objects?

Q. Which of the following property defines the y (vertical) coordinate for a positioned element, relative to the bottom of the enclosing object or browser window?

Q. Which of the following defines in a shorthand form the width, style, and color for the top border of an element?

Q. Which of the following property defines the visual style of up to four different sides of a border?

Q. Which of the following property sets the width of an element’s complete border?

Q. Which of the following property defines the color of an element’s top border?

Q. Which of the following property defines the style for the right border of an element?

Q. Which of the following property defines whether table cell borders are connected or separate?

Q. Which of the following property sets the width of an element’s bottom border?

Q. Which of the following property defines in a shorthand form the width, style, and color for the bottom border of an element?

Q. ____________ types are mutually exclusive in the sense that a user agent can only support one media type when rendering a document.

Q. What is the way to specify media dependencies for style sheets ?

Q. The __________ rule makes it possible to define different style rules for different media types in the same stylesheet.

Q. What does aural media type is used for?

Q. What does braille media type is used for?

Q. What does tty media type is used for ?

Q. What does projection media type is used for?

Q. What does all media type is used for?

Q. Which of the following value specifies a solid outline?

Q. Which of the following specifies the width of an outline?

Q. Select the output of the following CSS.

Q. Which of the following values specifies a 3D grooved outline?

Q. Which of the following property specifies the look and design of an outline?

Q. Which of the following value specifies a dashed outline?

Q. Identify the outline property that specifies the amount of area extended beyond the border box.

Q. Which of the following property specifies the color of an outline?

Q. Choose the option that correctly specifies the output of the following CSS.

Q. Which of the following property is used to draw a line around elements outside the borders?

Q. Which of the following is not a appropriate value for voice-rate?

Q. Which of the following is not a appropriate value for voice-balance?

Q. Which of the following is not a appropriate value for voice-volume?

Q. Which of the following property sets the volume for spoken content in speech media. It replaces the deprecated volume property?

Q. Which of the following property sets pitch or tone (high or low) for the synthesized speech when reading an element; the pitch may be specified absolutely or relative to the normal pitch for the voice-family used to read the text?

Q. Which of the following property sets the speed at which the voice synthesized by a speech media agent will read content?

Q. Which of the following property determines how much variation in pitch or tone will be created by the speech synthesize when reading an element?

Q. Which of the following property sets the speaker’s voice used by a speech media agent to read an element?

Q. Which of the following property allows the author to explicitly set the amount of time it should take a speech synthesizer to read an element’s content?

Q. Which of the following property sets the apparent position (in stereo sound) of the synthesized voice for spoken media?

Q. Which of the following property applies one or more drop shadows to the text?

Q. Which of the following is not a appropriate value for text-overline-width?

Q. Which of the following specifies what parts of an element’s content are skipped over when applying any text decoration?

Q. Which of the following sets the mode for the overline text decoration, determining whether the text decoration affects the space characters or not?

Q. Which of the following CSS property determines how overflowed content that is not displayed is signaled to the users?

Q. Which of the following text-decoration value specifies each line of text has a line above it?

Q. Which of the following sets what kind of line decorations are added to an element, such as underlines, overlines, etc?

Q. Which of the following sets the color of any text decoration, such as underlines, overlines, and strike throughs?

Q. Which of the following CSS property is used to set the text formatting?

Q. Who is the primary author of HTML?

Q. Which of the following is not an example of browser?

Q. PCs running Windows 3.x will have ____extension for html pages

Q. The software that can read and render HTML documents is

Q. HTML document is saved using ____ extension.

Q. We can write HTML code using ____. Select appropriate option(s).

Q. Page designed in HTML is called a

Q. HTML document can contain

Q. HTML tags are used to describe document ____

Q. HTML language is a set of markup ___

Q. HTML is considered as ___ language

Q. Which of the following is used to create web pages?

Q. How to embedded Audio Files in HTML?

Q. How to add alternative text for an Image?

Q. Which is the correct to create an Arabic numeral list

Q. Which tag is used to display Preformatted texts?

Q. Which of the following is correct character entities for "Copyright" symbol?

Q. Which of the following is incorrect regarding Logical styles?

Q. Which of the following is correct to change font face in Web Page

Q. Which of the following is correct to align H1 tag to Right Alignment

Q.  Which of the following is correct to set "Black" color as Background of page?

Q. Which of the following is the correct regarding meta tag in HTML?

Q. What is the usage of alt value in <img> tag?

Q. Is it possible to insert a table within another table?

Q. Which tag is used to lists the items with bullets?

Q. Choose the correct HTML tag to left-align the content of a cell.

Q. Which of the following is correct HTML for inserting an image?

Q. Which of the following tags are related to Table in HTML ?

Q. Which of following HTML Tag will inserting a line break?

Q. How to set a picture as a background web page?

Q. Which organization defines the Web Standards?

Q. Which HTML Tag will use to scroll a text in web page?

Q. FTP is an acronym for

Q. What is the use of iframe in HTML?

Q. What is the use of Forms in HTML?

Q. What is <tt> tag in HTML?

Q. What is the use of Web Font in HTML ?

Q. Who invented World Wide Web (WWW)?

Q. Which of the following protocol is not used in the Internet

Q. CSS is an acronym for

Q. In HTML, Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) is used to

Q. How to define the link should open in new page in HTML?

Q. Which statement is true?

Q. Comments in XML document is given by:

Q. What is the correct way of describing XML data?

Q. Output of XML document can be viewed in a

Q. Choose the correct HTML tag for the largest heading?

Q. Choose the correct HTML code to create an email link?

Q. Which HTML tag would be used to display power in expression (A+B)2 ?

Q. Choose the correct HTML tag to make the text bold?

Q. Which of the following is an attribute of <Table> tag?

Q. What is the correct syntax in HTML for creating a link on a webpage?

Q. Which of the following are commonly found on web pages?

Q. What is a FTP program used for?

Q. Which is not a domain name extension

Q. Which of the following is valid IP address?

Q. What is an ISP?

Q. What do I need to get onto the Internet?

Q. What is Internet Explorer?

Q. Which of the following is used to explore the Internet?

Q. A homepage is __________

Q. With regards to e-mail addresses:

Q. Which is true to change the text color to red?

Q. <TD> … </TD> tag is used for ________

Q. using <P> tag will

Q. <SCRIPT> … </SCRIPT> tag can be placed within ________

Q. Which tag is used to display the large font size?

Q. Which tag is used to display the numbered list?

Q. <UL> … </UL> tag is used to ________

Q. Text within <STRONG> … </STRONG> tag is displayed as ________

Q. Text within <EM> … </EM> tag is displayed as ________

Q. <TITLE> … </TITLE> tag must be within ________

Q. Outlook Express is a _________

Q. In Satellite based communication, VSAT stands for?

Q. What does the .com domain represents?

Q. "Yahoo", "Infoseek" and "Lycos" are _________?

Q. Which tag is used to create body text in HTML?

Q. HTML document start and end with which tag pairs?

Q. What is the full form of TCP/IP?

Q. What is a search engine?

Q. What is the full form of HTTP?

Q. What is the full form of HTML?

Q. Which attribute you’ll use with TD tag to merge two cells horizontally?

Q. Which attribute can be used with BODY tag to set background color green?

Q. Which attribute is used with img tag to display the text if image could not load in browser?

Q. Which of the following is not a valid alignment attribute?

Q. When should you use path along with file name of picture in IMG tag?

Q. What tag is used to list individual items of an ordered list?

Q. HTML supports

Q. Which of the following is an attribute related to font tag?

Q. Which of the following HTML code is valid?

Q. The way the browser displays the object can be modified by _____

Q. Which of the following is not a style tag?

Q. To create a blank line in your web page

Q. There are ____ different of heading tags in HTML

Q. Marquee is a tag in HTML to

Q. In HTML document the tags

Q. The _____ character tells browsers to stop tagging the text

Q. Some tags enclose the text. Those tags are known as

Q. HTML documents are saved in

Q. The special formatting codes in HTML document used to present content are

Q. To create HTML document you require a

Q. Which of the following is not a pair tag?

Q. To create a combo box (drop down box) which tag will you use?

Q. Which tag creates a check box for a form in HTML?

Q. Which attribute is used to name an element uniquely?

Q. What does vlink attribute mean?

Q. What is the correct HTML tag for inserting a line break?

Q. Choose the correct HTML tag for the smallest size heading?

Q. What is the correct HTML for adding a background color?

Q. Choose the correct HTML tag to make a text bold?

Q. Choose the correct HTML tag to make a text italic

Q. What is the correct HTML for making a hyperlink?

Q. How can you make an e-mail link?

Q. How can you make a numbered list?

Q. How can you make a bulleted list?

Q. Which tag allows you to add a row in a table?

Q. What should be the first tag in any HTML document?

Q. Tags and test that are not directly displayed on the page are written in _____ section.

Q. <b> tag makes the enclosed text bold. What is other tag to make text bold?

Q. A webpage displays a picture. What tag was used to display that picture?

Q. Which tag inserts a line horizontally on your web page?

Q. Which of the following property defines the border-width, border-style and border-color of an element’s top border in a single declaration?

Q. Which of the following specifies the distance between the borders of adjacent cells?

Q. Which of the following is not an appropriate value for border-collapse?

Q. In how many way border-image-width CSS property can be defined?

Q. Which CSS property can be used to set the image as border instead of the border style?

Q. Choose the CSS property that can be used for collapsing the borders between table cells?

Q. Which of the following CSS property border-color property sets the color of an element’s four borders?

Q. Select the CSS property that sets the width of an element’s bottom border?

Q. Identify the CSS property defining bottom-left corner shape of the border?

Q. Which of the following CSS property defines the different properties of all four sides of an element’s border in a single declaration?

Q. Which of the following CSS3 property can be used to allow line breaks within words?

Q. Which of the following CSS3 property can be used to allow line breaks within words?

Q. Which of the following CSS property defines the space between cells in a table?

Q. Which of the following property allows a marquee to be used in the case of a text-overflow?

Q. What will be the output of the following CSS code?

Q. Which of the following CSS Property sets the stacking order of positioned elements?

Q. Which of the following property is used to align the text in a table?

Q. Which of the following CSS property is used to specify table borders in CSS?

Q. Which of the following is an appropriate value for the overflow element?

Q. Which of the following CSS selector selects the elements that are checked?

Q. Which of the following CSS Property controls how an element is positioned?

Q. Which of the following CSS property is used to set the color of the text?

Q. Which of the following CSS property sets the shadow for a box element?

Q. What will be the output of the following CSS code snippet?

Q. Which of the following CSS property specifies the look and design of an outline?

Q. Which of the following CSS property sets what kind of line decorations are added to an element, such as underlines, overlines, etc?

Q. Which of the following is not the property of the CSS box model?

Q. Which of the following CSS property sets the font size of text?

Q. Which of the following is the correct way to apply CSS Styles?

Q. Which of the following CSS property defines the different properties of all four sides of an element’s border in a single declaration?

Q. Which of the following CSS property can be used to set the image as a border instead of the border style?

Q. Which of the following function defines a linear gradient as a CSS image?

Q. Which of the following is the first CSS specification to become an official W3C Recommendation?

Q. Which of the following is the correct syntax to link an external style sheet in the HTML file?

Q. Which of the following are the CSS Extension Prefixes for Webkit?

Q. What will be the output of following CSS code snippet?

Q. Which of the following CSS style property is used to specify an italic text?

Q. What will be the output of following CSS code snippet?

Q. Which of the following CSS property is used to make the text bold?

Q. Which of the following type of HTML tag is used to define an internal style sheet?

Q. Which of the following CSS selector is used to specify a rule to bind a particular unique element?

Q. Which of the following CSS framework is used to create a responsive design?

Q. Which of the following has introduced text, list, box, margin, border, color, and background properties?

Q. Which of the following CSS selectors are used to specify a group of elements?

Q. What is CSS?

Q. The correct syntax to give a line over text is

Q. Which of the following CSS property creates a clipping region and specifies the visible area of the element?

Q. The CSS property used to set the indentation of the first line in a block of text is 

Q. The CSS property used to specify the order of flex item in the grid container is -

Q. Which of the following CSS property is used to specify the type of quotation mark?

Q. The CSS property which is used to set the text wider or narrower compare to the default width of the font is 

Q. Which of the following CSS property is used to set the horizontal alignment of a table-cell box or the block element?

Q. Which of the following CSS property is used to set the blend mode for each background layer of an element?

Q. Which of the following CSS property is used to add stroke to the text?

Q. The CSS property which is used to define the set the difference between two lines of your content is -

Q. Which of the following CSS property is used to represent the overflowed text which is not visible to the user?

Q. The CSS property used to set the minimum width of the element's content box is -

Q. The CSS property used to set the maximum height of the element's content box is -

Q. Which if the following CSS function allows us to perform calculations?

Q. The CSS property used to set the maximum width of the element's content box is -

Q. Which of the following CSS property specifies the origin of the background-image?

Q. Which type of CSS is used in the below code?

Q. Which of the following CSS property defines how an image or video fits into container with established height and width?

Q. Which of the following is not a type of combinator?

Q. Which of the following selector in CSS is used to select the elements that do not match the selectors?

Q. The CSS property used to set the distance between the borders of the adjacent cells in the table is -

Q. The CSS property used to make the rounded borders, or rounded corners around an element is

Q. Which of the following CSS property is used to specify whether the table cells share the common or separate border?

Q. Which of the following is not a value of the font-variant property in CSS?

Q. Which of the following CSS property is used to add shadows to the text?

Q. The CSS property used to draw a line around the elements outside the border?

Q. Which of the following is the correct syntax to select the p siblings of a div element?

Q. Which of the following is the correct syntax to select all paragraph elements in a div element?

Q. How to select the elements with the class name "example"?

Q. Which of the following syntax is correct in CSS to make each word of a sentence start with a capital letter?

Q. The CSS property used to specify whether the text is written in the horizontal or vertical direction?

Q. Which of the following CSS property is used to specify the space between every letter inside an element?

Q. Which of the following is used to specify the subscript of text using CSS?

Q. The CSS property used to specify the transparency of an element is -

Q. Which of the following property is used as the shorthand property of margin properties?

Q. Are the negative values allowed in padding property?

Q. The CSS property used to make the text bold is -

Q. Which of the following property is used as the shorthand property for the padding properties?

Q. Which of the following is the correct syntax to display the hyperlinks without any underline?

Q. Which of the following is the correct syntax to make the background-color of all paragraph elements to yellow?

Q. Which of the following CSS property is used to set the background image of an element?

Q. The HTML attribute used to define the internal stylesheet is 

Q. The HTML attribute used to define the inline styles is -

Q. The CSS property used to control the element's font-size is -

Q. The property in CSS used to change the text color of an element is -

Q. The property in CSS used to change the background color of an element is -

Q. Which of the following is the correct syntax for referring the external style sheet?

Q. CSS stands for -

Q. If we want define style for an unique element, then which css selector will we use ?

Q. Suppose t = (1, 2, 4, 3), which of the following is incorrect?

Q. To read the entire remaining contents of the file as a string from a file object infile, we use

Q. What is the output of the following program?

Q. Which of the following formatting options can be used in order to add „n? blank spaces after a given string „S??

Q. What is the output of the following program?

Q. What is the output of the following piece of code?

Q. Program code making use of a given module is called a ______ of the module.

Q. What is the output of the following?

Q. What is the output of the following?

Q. What is the output of the following?

Q. What is the output of the following?

Q. What is the output of the following code?

Q. What is the output of the following code?

Q. What is the length of sys.argv?

Q. What is the type of each element in sys.argv?

Q. What is the output of the following program?

Q. What is the output of the following program?

Q. What is the output of the following program?

Q. What is the output of the following program?

Q. What is the output of the following program?

Q. What is the output of the following program?

Q. What is the output of the following program?

Q. What is the output of the following program? def REVERSE(L):

Q. What is the output of the following program?

Q. What is the output of the following program?

Q. What is the output of the following program?

Q. What is the output of the following program?

Q. What is the output of the following program?

Q. What is the output of the following program?

Q. What is the output of the following program?

Q. What is the output of the following program?

Q. Predict the output of following python programs

Q. What will be displayed by the following code?

Q. What is the output of the following program :

Q. What is the output of the following program :

Q. What is the output of the following program :

Q. What is the output of the following program :

Q. What is the output of the following program : 

Q. What is the output of the following program :

Q. What is the output of the expression : 3*1**3

Q. What is the output of the following program :


Q. What data type is the object below?
L = [1, 23, „hello?, 1]

Q. Which of these is not a core data type?

Q. Which module in Python supports regular expressions?

Q. What is the output of the following program :

Q. Which function overloads the >> operator?

Q. What is the output of the following code :

Q. Choose the namespace which consists of classes that are part of .NET Reflection API:

Q. Which feature enables to obtain information about use and capabilities of types at runtime?

Q. Which among the given classes present in System.Collection.Generic.namespace?

Q. Choose the advantages of using generics?

Q. Are generics in C# are same as the generics in java and templates in C++?

Q. What is meant by the term generics?

Q. Select the namespace which should be included while making use of LINQ operations:

Q. Can we use linq to query against a DataTable?

Q. Choose the namespace in which the interface IEnumerable is declared?

Q. Choose the correct statements about the LINQ?

Q. Why does Visual Studio.NET use XML as a data storage technology?

Q. XML provides a(n)

Q. The ADO.NET disconnected dataset

Q. The connection to the database is established by

Q. When is the dataset connected to the database?

Q. A copy of a database is called a

Q. Which of the following statements characterizes the relationship between a Visual Basic.NET program and a database record?

Q. ADO.NET was created for

Q. ADO.NET is the data access component of Microsoft’s .NET framework that enables you to

Q. The field in the child table that links information to the parent table is known as the

Q. In a database, a parent-child relationship is also known as a

Q. A unique field which distinguishs a record is known as a

Q. Which of the following are examples of relational database management systems?

Q. A computer application that manages a database, in which different kinds of data are stored in separate tables, is known as a

Q. Forms and reports, used for entering and editing records, and for generating useful information in reports are

Q. A field is a

Q. Which of the following characterizes the relational model for databases?

Q. A computer application for managing databases and pulling together
 data to generate reports and make decisions is known as a(n)

Q. Which of the following is a definition of a database?

Q. The following namespaces (System.Data.OleDB, System.Data.SqlClient, System.Data.Odbc, System.Data.OracleClient) include classes for
different:

Q. To avoid writing additional SQL statements to update a live database, you instantiate an object of which class?

Q. A connection string contains

Q. LINQ to SQL works with

Q. Which of the following namespace contains the LINQ to XML?

Q. In XML, a document is a hierarchy of

Q. In Visual Studio, the tool that enables you to connect to a database and automatically populate a dataset object using a TableAdapter object is the
___________wizard:

Q. Each data provider class is grouped and accessible through its:

Q. Databases store information in records, fields and:

Q. Which of the following statements is correct about an interface?

Q. Which of the following statements is correct about an interface used in C#.NET?

Q. Which of the following statements is correct about Interfaces used in C#.NET?

Q. A class implements two interfaces each containing three methods. The class contains no instance data. Which of the following correctly indicate the size of the object created from this class?

Q. How can you prevent inheritance from a class in C#.NET ?

Q. Which of the following should be used to implement a 'Like a' or a 'Kind of' relationship between two entities?

Q. Which of the following should be used to implement a 'Has a' relationship between two entities?

Q. Which of the following can be facilitated by the Inheritance mechanism? 
1 Use the existing functionality of base class. 
2 Override the existing functionality of base class. 
3 Implement new functionality in the
derived class. 
4 Implement polymorphic behaviour. 
5 Implement containership.

Q. Which of the following statements is correct about the C#.NET code snippet given below? class Student s1, s2; // Here 'Student' is a user- defined class. s1 = new Student(); s2 = new Student();

Q. The scope of a variable depends on the ____________ and _________.

Q. The ______ parentheses that follow _____ indicate that no information is passed to Main().

Q. Web Forms consists of a _______ and a _________ .

Q. The controls available in the tool box of the ______ are used to create the user interface of a web based application.

Q. In Microsoft Visual Studio, ______ technology and a programming language such as C# is used to create a Web based application.

Q. The ______ are the Graphical User Interface (GUI) components created for web based interactions.

Q. Exponential formatting character (‘E’ or ‘e’) converts a given value to string in the form of _______.

Q. _______ is a set of devices through which a user communicates with a system using interactive set of commands.

Q. The reason that C# does not support multiple inheritances is because of ______.

Q. C# supports a technique known as________, which allows a method to specify explicitly the name of the interface it is implementing.

Q. C# treats the multiple catch statements like cases in a _____________ statement.

Q. In C#, having unreachable code is always an _____.

Q. The point at which an exception is thrown is called the _______.

Q. Inheritance is ______ in nature.

Q. The theory of _____ implies that user can control the access to a class, method, or variable.

Q. When an instance method declaration includes the abstract modifier, the method is said to be an ______.

Q. Which of the Control objects is viewed as a container that can hold other objects when you design a Windows application?

Q. Which namespace includes most of the Control classes for developing Windows applications?

Q. Button class derives from

Q. Which of the following is true about dispose() method?

Q. Which of the following is included in Visual Studio IDE?

Q. What is a delegate?

Q. Suppose a Generic class called SortObjects is to be made capable of sorting objects of any type (Integer, Single, Byte etc.). Which of the following programming constructs should be used to implement the comparison function?

Q. Which of the following statements are correct about the delegate declaration given below? delegate void del(int i); 
1. On declaring the delegate a class called del will get created. 
2. The signature of del need not be same as the signature of the method that we intend to call using it. 
3.The del class will be derived from the Multicast Delegate class. 
4. The method that can be called using del should not be a static method. 
5. The del class will contain a one-argument constructor and an lnvoke() method.

Q. Which of the following statements is incorrect about delegate?

Q. Which of the following is the correct way to access all elements of the Queue collection created using the C#.NET code snippet given below Queue q = new Queue(); q.Enqueue("Sachin"); q.Enqueue('A');
q.Enqueue(false); q.Enqueue(38); q.Enqueue(5.4);

Q. Which of the following statements are correct about the Stack collection? 
1. It can be used for evaluation of expressions. 
2. All elements in the Stack collection can be accessed using an enumerator. 3. It is used to maintain a FIFO list. 
4. All elements stored in a Stack collection must be of similar type. 
5. Top-most element of the Stack collection can be accessed using the Peek() method.

Q. In which of the following collections is the Input/Output index-based? 
1. Stack 
2. Queue 
3. BitArray 
4. ArrayList 
5. HashTable

Q. How many enumerators will exist if four threads are simultaneously working on an ArrayList object?

Q. Which of the following statements are correct about an ArrayList collection that implements the IEnumerable interface? 
1. The ArrayList class contains an inner class that implements the IEnumerator interface. 
2. An ArrayList Collection cannot be accessed simultaneously by different
threads. 
3. The inner class of ArrayList can access ArrayList class's members. 
4. To access members of ArrayList from the inner class, it is necessary to pass ArrayList class's reference to it. 
5. Enumerator's of ArrayList Collection can manipulate the array.

Q. Which of following statement are correct about functions?

Q. Which method have same name as that of its class?

Q. What is return type of constructors?

Q. Which of the following statements is correct about constructors in C#.NET?

Q. To overload a method which of the following statement is false?

Q. Constructors are used to

Q. Correct statement about constructors in C#.NET is ?

Q. Number of constructors a class can define of ?

Q. Which of these can be overloaded?

Q. Storage location used by computer memory to store data for usage by an application is ?

Q. The C# provides special methods known as _____ methods to provide access to data members.

Q. The methods that have the same name, but different parameter lists and different definitions is called______.

Q. A _______ creates an object by copying variables from another object.

Q. Struct’s data members are ____________ by default.

Q. A structure in C# provides a unique way of packing together data of ______ types.

Q. C# does not support _____ constructors.

Q. _______ variables are visible only in the block they are declared.

Q. The formal-parameter-list is always enclosed in _______.

Q. ______ parameters are used to pass results back to the calling method.

Q. Which of the following statements are correct about exception handling in C#.NET? 
1 If an exception occurs then the program terminates abruptly without getting any chance to recover from the exception. 
2 No matter whether an exception occurs or not, the statements in the finally clause (if present) will get executed. 
3 A program can contain multiple finally clauses. 
4 A finally clause is written outside the try block. 
5 Finally clause is used to perform cleanup operations like closing the network/database connections.

Q. Which of the following statements is correct about an Exception?

Q. If s1 and s2 are references to two strings, then which of the following is the correct way to compare the two references?

Q. Which of the following will be the correct output for the C#.NET code snippet given below? String s1 = "ALL MEN ARE CREATED EQUAL"; String s2; s2 = s1.Substring(12, 3); Console.WriteLine(s2);

Q. Which of the following statements are correct? 
1. A struct can contain properties. 
2. A struct can contain constructors. 
3. A struct can contain protected data members. 
4. A struct cannot contain methods. 
5. A struct cannot contain constants.

Q. Which of the following statements are correct about arrays used in C#.NET?
1. Arrays can be rectangular or jagged. 
2. Rectangular arrays have similar rows stored in adjacent memory locations. 
3. Jagged arrays do not have an access to the methods of System.Array Class. 
4. Rectangular arrays do not have an access to the methods of System.Array
Class. 
5. Jagged arrays have dissimilar rows stored in non-adjacent memory locations.

Q. Which one of the following statements is correct?

Q. Which of the following can be facilitated by the Inheritance
mechanism? 
1. Use the existing functionality of base class. 
2. Override the existing functionality of base class. 
3. Implement new functionality in the derived class. 
4. Implement polymorphic behaviour. 
5. Implement containership.

Q. Which of the following statements is correct?

Q. Which of the following statements is correct about constructors?

Q. Which of the following is the correct way to create an object of the
class Sample? 
1. Sample s = new Sample(); 
2. Sample s; 
3. Sample s; s =new Sample(); 
4. s = new Sample();

Q. Which of the following statements are correct? 
1. Instance members of a class can be accessed only through an object of that class. 
2. A class can contain only instance data and instance member function. 
3. All objects created from a class will occupy equal number of bytes in memory. 
4. A class can contain Friend functions. 5. A class is a blueprint or a template according to which objects are created.

Q. Which of the following is the correct output for the C#.NET code snippet
given below? 

Q. Which of the following statements are correct about the C#.NET code snippet given below?
if (age > 18 && no < 11) a = 25; 
1. The condition no <11 will be evaluated only if age > 18 evaluates to True. 
2. The statement a =25 will get executed if any one condition is True. 
3. The condition no < 11will be evaluated only if age > 18 evaluates to False. 
4. The statement a = 25 will get executed if both the conditions are True. 
5. && is known as a short circuiting logical operator.

Q. Which of the following can be used to terminate a while loop and transfer control outside the loop?
1. exit while 
2. continue 
3. exit statement
4. break 
5. goto

Q. Which of the following is the correct ways to set a value 3.14 in a variable pi such that it cannot be modified?

Q. Which of the following statements are correct? 
1. We can assign values of any type to variables of type object. 
2. When a variable of a value type is converted to object, it is said to be unboxed. 
3. When a variable of type object is converted to a value type, it is said to be boxed. 
4. Boolean variable cannot have a value of null. 
5. When a value type is boxed, an entirely new object must be allocated and constructed.

Q. Which of the following is the correct size of a Decimal datatype?

Q. What will be the output of the following code snippet when it is
executed? 

Q. Which of the following is NOT an Integer?

Q. Which of the following statements are correct about data types? 
1. If the integer literal exceeds the range of byte, a compilation error will occur. 
2. We cannot implicitly convert non-literal numeric types of larger storage size to byte. 
3. Byte cannot be implicitly converted to float. 
4. A char can be implicitly converted to only int data type. 
5. We can cast the integral character codes.

Q. Which of the following utilities can be used to compile managed assemblies into processor-specific native code?

Q. How many types of compilers available under CLR?

Q. Which of the following is the root of the .NET type hierarchy?

Q. Which of the following statements are correct about JIT? 
1. JIT compiler compiles instructions into machine code at run time. 
2. The code compiler by the JIT compiler runs under CLR. 
3. The instructions compiled by JIT compilers are written in native code. 
4. The instructions compiled by JIT compilers are written in Intermediate Language (IL) code.

Q. Dot Net Framework consists of :

Q. ___________ namespace is not defined in the .NET class library.

Q. Which of the following define the rules for .Net Languages?

Q. Multidimensional arrays are sometimes called _______ Arrays.

Q. Arrays in C# are ______ objects

Q. An ____ is a group of contiguous or related data items that share a common name

Q. ________causes the loop to continue with the next iteration after skipping any statements in between.

Q. C# has _______ operator, useful for making two way decisions.

Q. _____ is any valid C# variable ending with a colon.

Q. An _______ is a symbol that tells the computer to perform certain mathematical or logical manipulations.

Q. In C#, all binary operators are ______.

Q. The character pair?: is an __________ available in C#.

Q. Boxing converts a value type on the stack to an ______ on the heap.

Q.  _________ are reserved, and cannot be used as identifiers.

Q. A _______ is an identifier that denotes a storage location

Q. All C# applications begin execution by calling the _____ method.

Q. In C#, a subroutine is called a ________.

Q. Which of the following are parts of the .NET Framework?

Q. Which of the following statements are correct about JIT?
1. JIT compiler compiles instructions into machine code at run time. 
2. The code compiler by the JIT compiler runs under CLR. 
3. The instructions compiled
by JIT compilers are written in native code. 
4. The instructions compiled
by JIT compilers are written in Intermediate Language (IL) code. 
5. The method is JIT compiled even if it is not called

Q. Which of the following statements are correct about a .NET Assembly?
1. It is the smallest deployable unit. 
2. Each assembly has only one entry
point - Main(), WinMain() or DLLMain(). 3. An assembly can be a Shared assembly or a Private assembly. 
4. An assembly can contain only code
and data. 
5. An assembly is always in the form of an EXE file

Q. Which of the following jobs are done by Common Language Runtime?
1. It provides core services such as memory management, thread management, and remoting. 
2. It enforces strict type safety. 
3. It provides Code Access Security. 
4. It provides Garbage Collection Services.

Q. Which of the following benefits do we get on running managed code under CLR?
1. Type safety of the code running under CLR is assured. 
2. It is ensured that an application would not access the memory that it is not authorized to access. 
3. It launches separate process for every application running under it. 
4. The resources are Garbage collected.

Q. Which of the following statements is correct about the .NET Framework?

Q. Code that targets the Common Language Runtime is known as

Q. Which of the following assemblies can be stored in Global Assembly Cache?

Q. Which of the following constitutes the .NET Framework?
1. ASP.NET Applications 
2. CLR 
3. Framework Class Library 
4. WinForm Applications
5. Windows Services

Q. Which of the following statements correctly define .NET Framework?

Q. Which of the following .NET components can be used to remove unused references from the managed heap?

Q. Which of the following components of the .NET framework provide an extensible set of classes that can be used by any .NET compliant programming language?

Q. Which of the following are NOT true about .NET Framework? 
1. It provides a consistent object-oriented programming environment whether object code is stored and executed locally, executed locally but Internet-distributed, or executed remotely. 
2. It provides a code execution
environment that minimizes software deployment and versioning conflicts.
3. It provides a code-execution environment that promotes safe execution of code, including code created by an unknown or semi-trusted third party.
4. It provides different programming models for Windows-based applications and Web-based applications. 
5. It provides an event driven programming model for building Windows Device Drivers.

Q. Which of the following statements is correct about Managed Code?

Q. Which of the following are valid .NET CLR JIT performance counters?
1. Total memory used for JIT compilation 
2. Average memory used for JIT compilation 
3. Number of methods that failed to compile with the standard JIT 
4. Percentage of processor time spent performing JIT compilation 
5.Percentage of memory currently dedicated for JIT compilation

Q. Which of the following statements are TRUE about the .NET CLR?
1. It provides a language-neutral development & execution environment. 
2. It ensures that an application would not be able to access memory that it is
not authorised to access. 
3. It provides services to run "managed" applications. 
4. The resources are garbage collected. 
5. It provides services to run "unmanaged" applications.

Q. Which is the correct syntax to declare constant pointer?

Q. In which linked list last node address is null?

Q. What is Dequeue?

Q. The Default Parameter Passing Mechanism is called as

Q. C is ______ Language?

Q. In which tree, for every node the height of its left subtree and right subtree differ almost by one?

Q. The worst case time complexity of AVL tree is better in comparison to binary search tree for

Q. The "C" language is

Q. Number of binary trees formed with 5 nodes are

Q. The _______ memory allocation function modifies the previous allocated space.

Q. The statement printf("%c", 100); will print?

Q. Which of the following data structure is linear type?

Q. To represent hierarchical relationship between elements, which data structure is suitable?

Q. The statement print f ("%d", 10 ? 0 ? 5 : 1 : 12); will print?

Q. Queue is a _____________ list.

Q. Recursive functions are executed in a?

Q. Which one of the following is not a linear data structure?

Q. A binary tree with 27 nodes has _______ null branches.

Q. Which one of the following sentences is true ?

Q. What is function?

Q. What is the work of break keyword?

Q. In switch statement, each case instance value must be _______?

Q. Which operators are known as Ternary Operator?

Q. Which is the right way to declare constant in C?

Q. What is constant?

Q. What is Keywords?

Q. What is C Tokens?

Q. Bitwise operators can operate upon?

Q. perror( ) function used to ?

Q. What is the right way to access value of structure variable book{ price, page }?

Q. An array elements are always stored in _________ memory locations.

Q. What is right way to Initialization array?

Q. What is an array?

Q. Which of the following shows the correct hierarchy of arithmetic operations in C

Q. Which of the following is allowed in a C Arithmetic instruction

Q. A C variable cannot start with

Q. C programs are converted into machine language with the help of

Q. For 16-bit compiler allowable range for integer constants is ______ ?

Q. C Language developed at _____?

Q. Who is father of C Language?